Patent Publication Number: US-2021186947-A1

Title: Tomm6-interacting extracts and compounds for use in the treatment and prophylaxis of nervous system diseases, atherosclerosis, hepatitis b infection and human papilloma virus (hpv) infection

Description:
The present invention is directed to a TOMM6 (Translocase of Outer Membrane 6 kDa subunit homologue; Mitochondrial import receptor subunit TOM6 homolog)-interacting plant or fungal extract comprising an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative, a TOMM6-interacting anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative, and TOMM6-interacting compounds for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a nervous system disease, atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection and/or human papilloma virus (HPV) infection. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a corresponding method of therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of a nervous system disease or disorder, atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection and/or human papilloma virus (HPV) infection, as well as to a method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition. Also, the present invention provides a non-human transgenic animal expressing a transgenic, preferably human TOMM6 or a TOMM6 homolog. 
     Nervous system diseases or disorders, also known as nervous system or neurological diseases or disorders, refer to medical conditions affecting the nervous system. This category encompasses central nervous and peripheral nervous diseases or disorders, including genetic disorders, seizure disorders (such as epilepsy), conditions of cardiovascular origin (such as stroke), congenital and developmental disorders (such as spina bifida), degenerative disorders such as multiple sclerosis (MS), Parkinson&#39;s disease (PD), and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) and forms of dementia such as vascular dementia, Lewy Body dementia, frontotemporal dementia, and Alzheimer&#39;s disease (AD). Currently, there is a wide range of treatments for central and peripheral nervous system diseases and disorders. These can range from surgery to neural rehabilitation or prescribed medications. 
     AD is the most frequent form of dementia and on the rise worldwide. Major neuropathological features related to AD and other nervous system diseases are characterized by protein aggregation, neurotoxic tau filaments and mitochondrial dysfunction. 
     Age is the best-established non-genetic risk factor for dementia and AD, and with increasing life expectancy, the incidence of dementia is on the rise world-wide. Currently, there is no cure for dementia, including AD. There are only four different drugs approved for the treatment of AD: three different acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, which enhance the availability of the cognition-enhancing acetylcholine, and the NMDA receptor antagonist memantine (Kulshreshtha and Piplani, Neurol. Sci. 37, 1403-1435 (2016)). All of these drugs have major side effects. Also, the currently used drugs can only retard the disease progression by several months and cannot modify disease progression and/or relief AD symptoms only for a short time period. Therefore, there is an urgent need for disease-modifying treatment approaches for AD. A possible target is the aberrant protein aggregation process leading finally to Abeta plaque formation. However, approaches that only interfere with Abeta plaque formation have not demonstrated efficacy in retarding AD progression, and even showed major side effects (Kulshreshtha and Piplani, Neurol. Sci. 37, 1403-1435 (2016)). The underlying reason could be the fact that the sole increase in Abeta aggregates does not necessarily cause substantial neuronal loss (Calderon-Garciduenas &amp; Duyckaerts, Handb. Clin. Neurol. 145, 325-337, 2017). 
     TOMM6 (Translocase of Outer Membrane 6 kDa subunit homolog; Mitochondrial import receptor subunit TOM6 homolog) is an essential component of the TOMM machinery, i.e. the multi-subunit translocases in the outer mitochondrial membrane, which are required for the import of nucleus-encoded precursor proteins. The TOMM machinery contains import receptors for the binding of cytosolically synthesized preproteins and the general import pore (GIP). Tomm20, Tomm22 and Tomm70 are the import receptors for preproteins. These receptors are attached to the other components of the Tom machinery, which form the core complex. Tomm6 is a subunit of the core complex, which together with the other subunits (Tomm40, Tomm22, Tomm7, Tommy) is embedded in the outer membrane and forms the translocation pore (Dembowski et al., J. Biol. Chem. 276, 17679-17685, 2001). Tomm6 stabilizes the interaction between the receptors, specifically Tomm22, and the general insertion pore (Dekker et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 18, 6515-6525, 1998). However, the in vivo role of TOMM6 was not investigated so far. Moreover, a pathophysiological role of TOMM6 has not been established. 
     A pathophysiological relevance between the Tomm machinery and late-onset Alzheimer&#39;s was proposed for TOMM40 with the S/VL and VL/VL (VL: very long) genotype of TOMM40 being reported to result in a higher expression of TOMM40 and apparently in a better protection against the APOE e3/3 background (Zeitlow et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1863, 2973-2986, 2017). However, several studies did not replicate this observation, and the possible association between the TOMM40 genotype and AD is still under discussion (Roses et al., Alzheimers Dement 12, 687-694, 2016). The complexity of gene polymorphism-disease association could be the reason for difficulties to reproduce the initial data. These problems are also reflected by the fact that translation of genetic data into identification of novel targets for drug treatment of AD usually has not occurred (Lutz et al., Curr. Neurol. Neurosci. Rep 16, 48 (2016)). Thus, there have been no reports of successful treatment approaches for dementia or AD that involve TOMM40 and/or the TOMM machinery. In view of ongoing discussions about the relationship between TOMM40 genotypes and late-onset AD, researchers ask for more basic science data (Roses et al., Alzheimers Dement 12, 687-694, 2016). In this respect, Tomm40 knockout mice could help to elucidate the function of Tomm40 in vivo. Knockout of Tomm40 in mice is lethal. Unpublished data are available from heterozygous Tomm40 knockout mice, which have a reduced performance, a 30% higher mortality than wild-type mice and motor defects (unpublished data by R. Zeh were cited by Zeitlow et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1863, 2973-2986, 2017). However, aged heterozygous Tomm40 knockout mice did not develop defects of behaviour, learning, memory and/or other typical symptoms of AD (R. Zeh., unpublished). These observations further demonstrate that to date there is no established causality between TOMM40 or any other member of the TOMM machinery with neurodegeneration and/or AD. 
     Anthraquinones (also called anthracenediones) and specifically 9,10-anthraquinones are used as digester additive in the production of paper pulp by alkaline processes, like the Kraft-, the alkaline sulfite- or the Soda-AQ-processes. Anthraquinones also have utility as drugs, in particular as laxatives (e.g. dantron, emodin, aloe emodin, and some of the senna glycosides), antimalarials (e.g. rufigallol), antineoplastics (treatment of cancer, mitoxantrone, pixantrone, and the anthracyclines), and DNA dyes/nuclear counterstains (e.g. DRAQ5, DRAQ7 and CyTRAK Orange for use in flow cytometry and fluorescence microscopy). However, anthraquinones such as, e.g. rhein, emodin, aloe emodin, physcion, and chrysophanol can also be toxic, e.g. by causing hepatomyoencephalopathy in children. 
     Some natural pigments are anthraquinones and derivatives of anthraquinone, which are found, e.g., in aloe latex, senna, rhubarb, cascara buckthorn, fungi, lichens, and some insects. Generally, anthraquinone-comprising plant families include but are not limited to Rubiaceae, Verbenaceae, Bignoniaceae, Rhamnaceae, Polygonaceae, Leguminosae, Scropulariaceae, Fabaceae, and Liliaceae. 
     The Rubiaceae are a family of flowering plants, commonly known as the coffee, madder, or bedstraw family. This family is mostly known as a source of a variety of alkaloids, the most familiar of which is quinine, one of the first agents effective in treating malaria. Woodruff ( Galium odoratum ) is a small herbaceous perennial that contains coumarin, a natural precursor of warfarin, and the South American plant  Carapichea ipecacuanha  is the source of the emetic ipecac. The leaves of the Kratom plant ( Mitragyna speciosa ) contain a variety of alkaloids, including several psychoactive alkaloids and are traditionally prepared and consumed in Southeast Asia for both painkilling and stimulant qualities. It functions as a μ-opioid receptor agonist, and is often used in traditional Thai medicine similar to opioids, and often as a replacement for opioid painkillers like morphine. 
     The  Galium  and  Rubia  genera of the Rubiaceae family are known to comprise glycosides of colored anthraquinone derivatives and related hydroxyanthraquinone compounds (Hill and Richter, J. Chem. Soc. 1714-1719, 1936). There are several studies, which show antioxidant effects of  Rubia cordifolia  L. root extracts, which contain a wide variety of non-anthraquinone antioxidants, e.g. mollugin, terpenes, glycosides etc. (Priya and Siril, Int. J. Pharm. Sci. Rev. Res. 25, 154-164, 2014). Antioxidant effects are comparable to vitamin E and C (Priya and Siril, Int. J. Pharm. Sci. Rev. Res. 25, 154-164, 2014). However, a panoply of data from controlled clinical trials shows that the sole treatment with antioxidants has no significant effect in patients with nervous system diseases such as, e.g., dementia, AD and cardiovascular diseases (Farina et al., Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 4:CD002854, 2017; Gugliandolo et al., Int. J. Mol. Sci. 18, E2594, 2017; Reddy A P &amp; Reddy P H, Prog. Mol. Biol. Transl. Sci. 146, 173-201, 2017; Baradaran et al., J. Res. Med. Sci. 19, 358-367, 2014). 
     Chitra and Kumar (Int. J. Pharm Tech Res. 1, 1000-1009, 2009) investigated the effect of  Rubia cordifolia  L. root extract in mice, which received intracerebroventricular injection of a synthetic peptide, Abeta25-35, to cause neuronal damage. It is true that the synthetic peptide Abeta25-35 causes neurotoxicity and neuronal cell death. But for the following reasons, the acute brain damage induced in this mouse model has nothing to do with the human Alzheimer&#39;s disease in patients. (1) Chitra and Kumar used a synthetic peptide, the Abeta25-3 5  peptide. (2) This synthetic Abeta25-3 5  peptide does not occur in human brain under physiological conditions (Kubo et al., J. Neurosci. Res. 70, 474-483 (2002)). (3). Moreover, this synthetic Abeta25-35 peptide does not occur in brains of AD patients (Kubo et al., J. Neurosci. Res. 70, 474-483, 2002). (4) In contrast to the synthetic Abeta25-35 peptide used by Chitra and Kumar, only the protease-resistant [D-Ser26]-Abeta25-3 5 /40 fragment accumulates over years in low quantities in brains of AD patients (Kubo et al., J. Neurosci. Res. 70, 474-483, 2002). (5) This naturally occurring beta-amyloid [D-Ser26]-Abeta25-3 5 /40 fragment, which is racemized at Serine26 residue to yield D-Serine26, is highly resistant to degradation by proteinases and therefore can accumulate during the pathogenesis of AD, which takes decades to develop (Kaneko et al., Neuroscience 104, 1003-1011, 2001). (6) Because Chitra and Kumar tested the acute neurotoxicity of a single injection of a synthetic Abeta25-35 peptide, which is not detectable in healthy or diseased human brain, neither without nor with Alzheimer&#39;s disease, this mouse model is irrelevant for the pathogenesis of AD in humans, which requires decades to develop. For the same reasons, data obtained with this model are also irrelevant for the treatment of patients with AD. Hence, this study has no relevance for the human Alzheimer disease and AD patients. 
     It is the objective of the present invention to provide new means for use in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a human nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a central nervous system (CNS) or peripheral nervous system (PNS) disease or disorder. 
     In a first aspect, the present invention is directed to a TOMM6 (Translocase of Outer Membrane 6 kDa subunit homologue)-interacting compound or composition selected from the group consisting of
     (i) a plant or fungal extract comprising an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative;   (ii) an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative; and   (iii) a compound selected from the group consisting of compounds of Formula (I) and (II),   

     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein
 
R 1  is selected from the group consisting of
     (i) H, F, Cl, Br, —CN, or —OH;   (ii) —O(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —OMe and —OEt, —O(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl, —O(C═O)(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —O(C═O)Me, or —O(C═O)(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl;   (iii) —COOH, —COO(C 1-10 )alkyl, —COO(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, —COONH 2 , —COON((C 1-10 )alkyl) 2 , —COONH(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —COOH, —COOMe or COOEt;   (iv) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 2-10 )alkyl ether, (C 3-10 )alkenyl ether, (C 3-10 )alkynyl ether or (C 4-10 )carbocyclic ether, wherein the ether is bonded to formula (I) via its carbon atom;   (v) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 2-10 )alkenyl, (C 2-10 )alkynyl, preferably (C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably substituted or non-substituted —CHO, butyl or pentyl;   (vi) substituted or non-substituted carbocycle selected from the group consisting of (C 3-10 )carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle and (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably a non-substituted phenyl or a phenyl that is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, substituted or non-substituted methyl, preferably —(CF 3 ), ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl;   (vii) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterocycle having 1 nitrogen atom, preferably substituted or non-substituted piperidine, most preferably piperidine-3-yl,
 
preferably R 1  is selected from the group consisting of
   

     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     more preferably 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     R 1  to R 6 , preferably R 2  to R 6 , are each independently selected from the group consisting of
     (i) H, Cl, Br, F, —CN, or —OH,   (ii) ether derivatives of —OH, preferably —O(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —OMe and —OEt, or —O(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl,   (iii) —O(C═O)(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —O(C═O)Me, or or —O(C═O)(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl,   (iv) —COOH and its amide and ester derivatives, preferably —COO(C 1-10 )alkyl, —COO(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, —COONH 2 , —COON((C 1-10 )alkyl) 2 , or —COONH(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —COOH, —COOMe or COOEt;
 
preferably for Formula (I), R 5  is Cl and R 2  to R 4  and R 6  are H, more preferably R 3  and R 4  are Cl and R 2 , R 5  and R 6  are H,
 
preferably for Formula (II), R 4  is Cl and R 2 , R 3 , R 5  and R 6  are H, more preferably R 2  and R 4  are Cl and R 3 , R 5  and R 6  are H;
 
R 7  is selected from the group consisting of
       (i) —NH 2 , —NH(C 1-10 )alkyl, —OH and its ether derivatives, preferably —O(C 1-10 )alkyl, or —CN, preferably —NH 2  or —OH;   (i) —COOH and its amide and ester derivatives, preferably —COO(C 1-10 )alkyl, —COO(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, —COONH 2 , —COON((C 1-10 )alkyl) 2 , or —COONH(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —COOH, —COOMe or COOEt;   (ii) substituted or non-substituted carbocycle selected from the group consisting of (C 3-10 )carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle and (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably a non-substituted phenyl or a phenyl that is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, substituted or non-substituted methyl, preferably —(CF 3 ), ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl; and   (iii) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterobicycle having 1 nitrogen atom, more preferably isoindoline-1,3-dione, most preferably   
       

     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     R 8  is selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)NH 2 , —CN (instead of R 8 —CO), —C(═O)NH(C 1-10 )alkyl, —C(═O)OH, or —C(═O)O(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —C(═O)NH 2  or —CN;
 
R 9  is selected from the group consisting of
     (i) —H, -Me, -Et, halogen, preferably —F, or —CN;   (ii) —COOH and its amide and ester derivatives, preferably —COO(C 1-10 )alkyl, —COO(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, —COONH 2 , —COON((C 1-10 )alkyl) 2 , or —COONH(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —COOH, —COOMe or COOEt;   (iii) —OH and its ether derivatives, preferably —O(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —OMe and —OEt, or —O(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl;   (iv) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-10 )carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle and (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably non-substituted phenyl or phenyl substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, substituted or non-substituted methyl, preferably —(CF 3 ), ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl;
 
c is an integer between 0 and 4, preferably between 1 and 4;
 
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and solvates thereof for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease selected from the group consisting of: (a) nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a human nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a central nervous system (CNS) or peripheral nervous system (PNS) disease or disorder; (b) atherosclerosis; (c) Hepatitis B infection and (d) human papilloma virus (HPV) infection.
   

     It was surprisingly found that interaction, e.g. binding, induction, stabilization and/or activation, of TOMM6 with a compound or composition for use in the present invention, a plant or fungal extract comprising an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative and/or an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative for use in the present invention is sufficient to (A) prevent mitochondrial dysfunction, toxic protein aggregation, Abeta plaque formation, PHF-tau formation and neuronal loss, (B) to treat and/or prevent atherosclerosis, atherosclerosis-induced neurodegeneration, diabetic neuropathy and autonomic neuropathy (for which atherosclerosis are major risk factors; Meyer et al., Diabet. Med. 21, 746-751, 2004) and other atherosclerosis-induced diseases, e.g. stroke, vascular dementia, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, (C) to inhibit the aggregation and assembly of HBsAg, thus having utility in the treatment of Hepatitis B infection, and (D) to treat infections with human papillomaviruses (HPV), preferably by inhibition of amyloidogenic protein aggregation. Without wishing to be bound by theory, human HPV infections rely on aggregation of the highly amyloidogenic protein E1{circumflex over ( )}E4, also known as the HPV E4 protein (McIntosh et al., 82, 8196-8203 (2008). Notably, HPV E4 can constitute between 20% and 30% of the total wart protein (Doorbar et al., EMBO J. 5, 355-362 (1986)) and its expression relies on self-aggregation (Bryan et al., Virology 241, 49-60 (1998)). 
     For example, among different plant extracts, the extract P1 from  Galium aparine  and P2 from the related  Galium verum,  inhibited HBsAg (surface antigen of the hepatitis B virus, HBV) aggregation and promoted the appearance of monomeric HBsAg in a non-Abeta-based protein aggregation assay system, which was demonstrated by immunoblot detection of HBsAg (see Example 2,  FIG. 1  below). Also, representative extracts for use in the present invention reduced the formation of SDS-stable AT2 receptor (angiotensin II receptor type 2; AGTR2; AT2R) dimers in human cells (see  FIG. 2A  below) and AT2R dimerization/aggregation was prevented with two different extract preparations from  Galium aparine,  and with an extract from the related  Galium verum  (see  FIG. 2B  below). 
     It was also surprisingly found that anthraquinones and anthraquinone derivatives significantly retarded the accumulation of SDS-insoluble Abeta1-40 and Abeta1-42 and significantly decreased the content of hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau in the hippocampus of AD model mice (see Examples 4 and 5 below). Hence, it was found that anthraquinone-containing extracts, anthraquinones and anthraquinone derivatives are neuroprotective and prevent neuronal loss in the Tg-2576 genetic model of familial AD. 
     Furthermore, it was surprisingly found that the extracts, anthraquinones and anthraquinone derivatives of the present invention interact with and preferably stabilize TOMM6, which is sufficient to promote neuroprotection against major neuropathological features in the hippocampus of Tg2576 AD mice, i.e. accumulation of insoluble Abeta peptides, formation of hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau and overt neuronal loss (see Examples 9 to 12 below). Hence, the interaction with TOMM6 is the common principle of action of the extracts and compounds of the present invention which results in their utility in the treatment or prophylaxis of a nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a human nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a central nervous system (CNS) or peripheral nervous system (PNS) disease or disorder. 
     Last but not least, compounds of formula (I) and (II) were identified as TOMM6-interacting compounds (Examples 13 and 14 below) which induce TOMM6 and, thus, decrease hippocampal PHF tau hyperphosphorylation ( FIG. 14C ) and retard overt neuronal loss in AD model mice, i.e. retard major symptoms of AD and neurodegeneration in vivo ( FIG. 14D ). 
     In the context of the present invention, the term “TOMM6” refers to the Translocase of Outer Membrane 6 kDa subunit homolog and the Mitochondrial import receptor subunit TOMM6 homolog, which are synonyms. Preferably, TOMM6 is a protein comprising, preferably consisting of an amino acid sequence selected from the group of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2 and 3. The term “TOMM6” also preferably encompasses homologs of TOMM6, termed “TOMM6 homolog(s)”, with TOMM6 activity that comprise, preferably consist of an amino acid sequence having a sequence identity of at least 85%, preferably 90%, more preferably 95%, most preferably 98% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of TOMM6, preferably with an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2 and 3. 
     The percentage identity of related amino acid molecules can be determined with the assistance of known methods. In general, special computer programs are employed that use algorithms adapted to accommodate the specific needs of this task. Preferred methods for determining identity begin with the generation of the largest degree of identity among the sequences to be compared. Preferred computer programs for determining the identity among two amino acid sequences comprise, but are not limited to, TBLASTN, BLASTP, BLASTX, TBLASTX (Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol., 215, 403-410, 1990), or ClustalW (Larkin M A et al., Bioinformatics, 23, 2947-2948, 2007). The BLAST programs can be obtained from the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) and from other sources (BLAST handbook, Altschul et al., NCB NLM NIH Bethesda, Md. 20894). The ClustalW program can be obtained from http://www.clustal.org. 
     In the context of the present invention, the term “TOMM6-interacting compound or composition” is meant to encompass any compound or composition that (i) directly or indirectly binds to TOMM6 and thus stabilizes and/or enhances its physiological activity, preferably vs. an untreated control (as can be determined, e.g., in the assay of Example 9 below), and/or (ii) induces the expression (increases the protein content) of TOMM6 in a cell, preferably vs. an untreated control (as can be determined, e.g. in an immunoblot assay using anti-TOMM6 antibodies, e.g. as described in Example 13 below). The terms “induction, stabilization and/or activation of TOMM6”, as used herein, also refer to any stabilization and/or enhancement of TOMM6&#39;s physiological activity and/or induction of expression of TOMM6 as defined above. 
     A “plant or fungal extract comprising an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative” for use in the present invention can be any extract from any part of a plant or fungus that comprises an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative, preferably in a detectable amount, more preferably in a physiologically effective amount, e.g. by detection with gas chromatography, HPLC, TLC, NMR, mass spectrometry or any known method suitable for detecting anthraquinones or anthraquinone derivatives. Preferably, the extract is a plant extract from fresh or dried plant material, preferably powdered plant material, more preferably from fresh or dried roots. In a preferred embodiment, the extract is selected from the group consisting of a hydrophilic extract, a hydrophobic extract, preferably an alcoholic extract, preferably ethanolic extract, methanolic extract, diethyl ether extract, chloroform extract, and hot water extract. Mixtures of different solvents (e.g ethanol with water, methanol with water) can also be used for extraction. Also preferred are extracts prepared by carbon dioxide based, preferably critical or supercritical carbon dioxide based extraction. The extract can be dried, e.g. by freeze-drying, evaporation, and/or formulated as a powder, compressed as pellets, and/or formulated as instant tea. The powdered plant extract can also be encapsulated, or compressed as tablets. The extract can also be formulated and used as a dietary supplement. Inactive ingredients can be added, which are required for (drug) formulation and delivery. 
     In a preferred embodiment, the extract for use in the present invention comprises at least 0.01 weight-%, preferably 0.1-1.0 weight-%, more preferably at least 5-10 weight-%, anthraquinones or anthraquinone derivatives. 
     The term “anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative”, as used herein, refers to (i) 9,10-anthracenedione, (ii) any compound that comprises the structural ring scaffold of 9,10-anthracenedione, either aromatic or (partially) saturated, and has one or more or all hydrogen atoms replaced by other atoms or functional groups, (iii) anthracenediones, and/or (iv) any compound falling under the general formulae (III), (IV) and/or (V) as described below. 
     In a preferred embodiment, the compound for use according to the present invention is not and/or the extract for use according to the present invention does not comprise a laxative, Dolutegravir (defined in  FIG. 15B ) and/or Emodin (defined in  FIG. 15C ). 
     In the below Examples, it is demonstrated that the representative plant extracts P1 and P3 from anthraquinone-containing  Galium  and  Rubia  genera, and alizarin (Compound-1) and pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) as representative anthraquinones/anthraquinone derivatives derived from the  Galium  and  Rubia  genera of the Rubiaceae family are potent TOMM6-interacting compounds and compositions, e.g. by stabilizing and/or inducing TOMM6 in Tg2576 mice. Thus, the neuroprotective effects of  Galium - and  Rubia -derived anthraquinones are related to the newly identified neuroprotective and mitochondrial-protective activity of TOMM6. 
     It is noted that the compounds selected from the group consisting of Formula (I) and (II) are TOMM6-inducing compounds, which are generally devoid of any antioxidant activity. Hence, an antioxidant activity of TOMM6-interacting compounds is not a prerequisite for the technical effect of the compounds and extracts for use in the present invention. Moreover, the compounds selected from the group consisting of Formulae (I) and (II) without antioxidant activity also show neuroprotective activity and prevent neuronal loss in AD models. Thus, cell-protective TOMM6-stabilizing activity of small molecule compounds does not require antioxidant activity. 
     In summary, the Examples herein demonstrate that TOMM6-interaction (e.g. induction, stabilization and/or activation) by the anthraquinones or anthraquinone derivatives (e.g. Compounds 1,2, and the below-listed anthraquinone compounds), or by compounds selected from the group consisting of Formulae (I) and (II) (e.g. Compounds 3-10) is sufficient to prevent mitochondrial dysfunction, toxic protein aggregation, Abeta plaque formation, PHF-tau formation and neuronal loss. As noted above, the antioxidant activity of anthraquinones is not a necessary condition for the technical effect of the present invention, and the sole treatment with antioxidants, e.g. vitamin E, has no substantial effect in patients with dementia and AD (Farina et al., Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 4:CD002854, 2017; Gugliandolo et al., Int. J. Mol. Sci. 18, E2594, 2017; Reddy A P and Reddy P H, Prog. Mol. Biol. Transl. Sci. 146, 173-201, 2017). 
     In a preferred embodiment, the extract for use in the present invention is prepared from a plant selected from the group of plant families consisting of Rubiaceae, Verbenaceae, Bignoniaceae, Rhamnaceae, Polygonaceae, Leguminosae, Scropulariaceae, Fabaceae, and Liliaceae. 
     In a further preferred embodiment, the extract for use in the present invention is prepared from a plant selected from the group of plant genera consisting of  Rubia; Galium; Rhamnus; Ventilago; Rheum; Rumex; Polygonum; Cassia; Senna; Andira,  and  Aloe,  preferably  Rubia  and  Galium.    
     In another preferred embodiment, the extract for use in the present invention is prepared from a plant selected from the group consisting of  Galium abaujense  Borbás;  Galium abruptorum  Pomel;  Galium absurdum  Krendl;  Galium achurense  Grossh.;  Galium acrophyum  Hochst. ex Chiov.;  Galium acuminatum  Ball;  Galium acutum  Edgew.;  Galium adhaerens  Boiss. &amp; Balansa;  Galium advenum  Krendl;  Galium aegeum  (Stoj. &amp; Kitam.) Ancev;  Galium aetnicum  Biv.;  Galium afropusillum  Ehrend.;  Galium agrophilum  Krendl;  Galium aladaghense  Parolly;  Galium  x  albertii  Rouy (hybrid from  Galium boreale  x  Galium verum; Galium albescens  Hook. f.;  Galium album  Mill.;  Galium album  Mill. subsp.  album; Galium album  subsp.  amani  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium album  subsp.  prusense  (K. Koch) Ehrend. &amp; Krendl;  Galium album  subsp.  pycnotrichum  (Haw. ex Schult. &amp; Schult. f.) Krendl.;  Galium album  subsp.  suberectum  (Klokov) Michalk.;  Galium amatymbicum  Eckl. &amp; Zeyh.;  Galium amblyophyllum  Schrenk;  Galium amorginum  Halácsy;  Galium andrewsii  A. Gray;  Galium andringitrense  Homolle ex Puff;  Galium anfractum  Sommier &amp; Levier;  Galium anguineum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium angulosum  A. Gray;  Galium angustifolium  Nutt.;  Galium angustissimum  (Hausskn. ex Bornm.) Ehrend.;  Galium anisophyllon  Vill.;  Galium ankaratrense  Homolle ex Puff;  Galium antarcticum  Hook. f.;  Galium antitauricum  Ehrend.;  Galium antuneziae  Dempster;  Galium aparine  L.;  Galium aparinoides  Forssk.;  Galium aragonesii  Sennen;  Galium araucanum  Phil.;  Galium arenarium  Loisel.;  Galium arequipicum  Dempster;  Galium aretioides  Boiss.;  Galium argense  Dempster &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium aristatum  L.;  Galium arkansanum  A. Gray;  Galium armenum  Schanzer;  Galium ascendens  Willd. ex Spreng.;  Galium aschenbornii  Schauer;  Galium asparagifolium  Boiss. &amp; Heldr.;  Galium asperifolium  Wall.;  Galium asperuloides  Edgew.;  Galium asprellum  Michx.;  Galium atherodes  Spreng.;  Galium atlanticum  Pomel;  Galium aucheri  Boiss.;  Galium auratum  Klokov;  Galium australe  DC.;  Galium austriacum  Jacq.;  Galium avascense  Krendl;  Galium azerbayjanicum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium azuayicum  Dempster;  Galium babadaghense  Y I ld.;  Galium baeticum  (Rouy) Ehrend. &amp; Krendl;  Galium baghlanense  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium baillonii  Brandza;  Galium baldense  Spreng.;  Galium baldensiforme  Hand.-Mazz.;  Galium balearicum  Briq.;  Galium  x  barcinonense  Sennen ( Galium lucidum  x  Galium maritimum );  Galium basalticum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium baytopianum  Eh rend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium beckhausianum  G. H. Loos;  Galium belizianum  Ortega Oliv., Devesa &amp; Rodr. Riaño;  Galium bellatulum  Klokov;  Galium bermudense  L.;  Galium bifolium  S. Watson;  Galium bigeminum  Griseb.;  Galium binifolium  N. A. Wakef.;  Galium blinii  H. Lév.;  Galium boissierianum  (Steud.) Ehrend. &amp; Krendl;  Galium bolanderi  A. Gray;  Galium boreale  L.;  Galium boreoaethiopicum  Puff;  Galium bornmuelleri  Hausskn. ex Bornm.;  Galium bourgaeanum  Coss. ex Batt.;  Galium boyacanum  Dempster;  Galium brachyphyllum  Schult.;  Galium bracteatum  Boiss.;  Galium bredasdorpense  Puff;  Galium brenanii  Ehrend. &amp; Verdc.;  Galium brevifolium  Sm.;  Galium breviramosum  Krendl;  Galium brockmannii  Briq.;  Galium broterianum  Boiss. &amp; Reut.;  Galium brunneum  Munby;  Galium bryoides  Merr. &amp; L. M. Perry;  Galium buchtienii  Dempster;  Galium  x  buekkense  Hulják ( Galium abaujense  x  Galium vernum );  Galium bullatum  Lipsky;  Galium bulliforme  I. Thomps.;  Galium bungei  Steud.;  Galium bungoniense  I. Thomps.;  Galium buschiorum  Mikheev;  Galium bussei  K. Schum. &amp; K. Krause;  Galium buxifolium  Greene;  Galium cajamarcense  Dempster;  Galium califomicum  Hook. &amp; Arn.;  Galium caminianum  Schult.;  Galium campanelliferum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium campylotrichum  Nazim. &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium canescens  Kunth;  Galium cankiriense  Y I ld.;  Galium canum  Req. ex DC.;  Galium canum  subsp.  antalyense  Ehrend.;  Galium canum  Req. ex DC. subsp.  canum; Galium canum  subsp.  ovatum  Ehrend.;  Galium canum  subsp.  ulukislaense Y   I ld.;  Galium capense  Thunb.;  Galium capitatum  Bory &amp; Chaub.;  Galium cappadocicum  Boiss.;  Galium caprarium  Natali;  Galium capreum  Krendl;  Galium carmenicola  Dempster;  Galium  x  carmineum  Beauverd ( Galium anisophyllon  x  Galium pumilum  x  Galium rubrum ).;  Galium carterae  Dempster;  Galium caspicum  Steven;  Galium cassium  Boiss.;  Galium catalinense  A. Gray;  Galium  x  centroniae  Cariot ( Galium pumilum  x  Galium rubrum );  Galium ceratoamanianum  Ehrend.;  Galium ceratocarpon  Boiss.;  Galium ceratophylloides  Hook. f.;  Galium ceratopodum  Boiss.;  Galium cespitosum  Lam.;  Galium chaetopodum  Rech. f.;  Galium chekiangense  Ehrend.;  Galium chloroionanthum  K. Schum.;  Galium chloroleucum  Fisch. &amp; C. A. Mey.;  Galium ciliare  Hook. f.;  Galium cilicicum  Boiss.;  Galium cinereum  All.;  Galium circae  Krendl;  Galium circaezans  Michx.;  Galium clausonis  Pomel;  Galium clementis  Eastw.;  Galium cliftonsmithii  (Dempster) Dempster &amp; Stebbins;  Galium collomiae  J. T. Howell;  Galium coloradoense  W. Wight;  Galium comberi  Dempster;  Galium cometerhizon  Lapeyr.;  Galium compactum  Ehrend. &amp; McGill.;  Galium concatenatum  Coss.;  Galium concinnum  Torr. &amp; A. Gray;  Galium confertum  Royle ex Hook. f.;  Galium conforme  Krendl;  Galium consanguineum  Boiss.;  Galium coriaceum  Bunge;  Galium cornigerum  Boiss. &amp; Hausskn.;  Galium coronadoense  Dempster;  Galium correllii  Dempster;  Galium corsicum  Spreng.;  Galium corymbosum  Ruiz &amp; Pay.;  Galium cossonianum  Jafri;  Galium cotinoides  Cham. &amp; Schltdl.;  Galium cracoviense  Ehrend.;  Galium crassifolium  W. C. Chen;  Galium craticulatum  R. R. Mill;  Galium crespianum  Rodr.;  Galium cryptanthum  Hemsl.;  Galium curvihirtum  Ehrend. &amp; McGill.;  Galium cuspidulatum  Miq.;  Galium cyllenium  Boiss. &amp; Heldr.;  Galium czerepanovii  Pobed.;  Galium dahuricum  Turcz. ex Ledeb.;  Galium davisii  Ehrend.;  Galium debile  Desv.;  Galium decorum  Krendl;  Galium decumbens  (Ehrend.) Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium degenii  Bald. ex Degen;  Galium deistelii  K. Krause;  Galium delicatulum  Boiss. &amp; Hohen.;  Galium demissum  Boiss.;  Galium dempsterae  B. L. Turner;  Galium densum  Hook. f.;  Galium denticulatum  Bartl. ex DC.;  Galium desereticum  Dempster &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium diabolense  Dempster;  Galium dieckii  Bornm.;  Galium diffusoramosum  Dempster &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium  x  digeneum  A. Kern. ( Galium sylvaticum  x  Galium verum );  Galium diphyllum  (K. Schum.) Dempster;  Galium diploprion  Boiss. &amp; Hohen.;  Galium divaricatum  Pourr. ex Lam.;  Galium domingense  Iltis;  Galium dumosum  Boiss.;  Galium duthiei  R. Bhattacharjee;  Galium echinocarpum  Hayata;  Galium ecuadoricum  Dempster;  Galium  x  effulgens  Beck ( Galium lucidum  x  Galium verum );  Galium ehrenbergii  Boiss.;  Galium elbursense  Bornm. &amp; Gauba;  Galium elegans  Wall. ex Roxb.;  Galium elongatum  C. Presl;  Galium emeryense  Dempster &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium ephedroides  Willk.;  Galium equisetoides  (Cham. &amp; Schltdl.) Standl.;  Galium ericoides  Lam.;  Galium eriocarpum  Bartl. ex DC.;  Galium eruptivum  Krendl;  Galium erythrorrhizon  Boiss. &amp; Reut.;  Galium espiniacicum  Dempster;  Galium estebanii  Sennen;  Galium exaltatum  Krendl;  Galium exile  Hook. f.;  Galium exstipulatum  P. H. Davis;  Galium exsurgens  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium extensum  Krendl;  Galium falconeri  R. Bhattacharjee;  Galium fendleri  A. Gray;  Galium ferrugineum  K. Krause;  Galium festivum  Krendl;  Galium  x  fictum  E. G. Camus (= Galium glaucum  x  Galium mollugo );  Galium filipes  Rydb.;  Galium firmum  Tausch;  Galium fissurense  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium fistulosum  Sommier &amp; Levier;  Galium flavescens  Borbás ex Simonk.;  Galium flaviflorum  (Trautv.) Mikheev;  Galium floribundum  Sm.;  Galium foliosum  Munby ex Burnat &amp; Barbey;  Galium fontanesianum  Pomel;  Galium formosense  Ohwi;  Galium forrestii  Diels;  Galium fosbergii  Dempster;  Galium friedrichii  N. Torres &amp; al.;  Galium fruticosum  Willd.;  Galium fuegianum  Hook. f.;  Galium fuscum  M. Martens &amp; Galeotti;  Galium galapagoense  Wiggins;  Galium galiopsis  (Hand.-Mazz.) Ehrend.;  Galium gaudichaudii  DC.;  Galium geminiflorum  Lowe;  Galium ghilanicum  Stapf;  Galium gilliesii  Hook. &amp; Arn.;  Galium glaberrimum  Hemsl.;  Galium glabrescens  (Ehrend.) Dempster &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium glabriusculum  Ehrend.;  Galium glaciale  K. Krause;  Galium glandulosum  Hand.-Mazz.;  Galium glaucophyllum  Em. Schmid;  Galium glaucum  L.;  Galium globuliferum  Hub.-Mor. &amp; Reese;  Galium gracilicaule  Bacigalupo &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium graecum  L.;  Galium grande  McClatchie;  Galium grayanum  Ehrend.;  Galium gymnopetalum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium hainesii  Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium hallii  Munz &amp; I. M. Johnst.;  Galium hardhamae  Dempster;  Galium hatschbachii  Dempster;  Galium haussknechtii  Ehrend.;  Galium heldreichii  Halácsy;  Galium hellenicum  Krendl;  Galium hexanarium  Knjaz.;  Galium hierochuntinum  Bornm.;  Galium hierosolymitanum  L.;  Galium hilendiae  Dempster &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium  x  himmelbaurianum  (Ronniger) Soó ( Galium humifusum  x  Galium verum );  Galium hintoniorum  B. L. Turner;  Galium hirtiflorum  Req. ex DC.;  Galium hirtum  Lam.;  Galium hoffmeisteri  (Klotzsch) Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem. ex R. R. Mill;  Galium homblei  De Wild.;  Galium huancavelicum  Dempster;  Galium huber - morathii  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium humifusum  M. Bieb.;  Galium humile  Cham. &amp; Schltdl.;  Galium  x  hungaricum  A. Kern. ( Galium mollugo  x  Galium schultesii );  Galium hupehense  Pamp.;  Galium  x  huteri  A. Kern. ( Galium laevigatum  x  Galium lucidum );  Galium hypocarpium  (L.) Endl. ex Griseb.;  Galium hypotrichium  A. Gray;  Galium hypoxylon  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium hyrcanicum  C. A. Mey;  Galium hystricocarpum  Greenm.;  Galium idubedae  (Pau &amp; Debeaux) Pau ex Ehrend.;  Galium iltisii  Dempster;  Galium incanum  Sm.;  Galium incanum  subsp.  centrale  Ehrend.;  Galium incanum  subsp.  creticum  Ehrend.;  Galium incanum  subsp.  elatius  (Boiss.) Ehrend.;  Galium incanum  Sm. subsp.  incanum; Galium incanum  subsp.  libanoticum  Ehrend.;  Galium incanum  subsp.  pseudocornigerum  Ehrend.;  Galium inconspicuum  Phil.;  Galium incrassatum  Halácsy;  Galium incurvum  Sibth. &amp; Sm.;  Galium innocuum  Miq.;  Galium insulare  Krendl;  Galium intermedium  Schult., Syn.;  Galium schultesii  Vest;  Galium aristatum  subsp.  schultesii  (Vest) Nyman);  Galium intricatum  Margot &amp; Reut.;  Galium ionicum  Krendl;  Galium iranicum  Hausskn. ex Bornm.;  Galium irinae  Pachom.;  Galium isauricum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium  x  jansenii  Kloos ( Galium sylvaticum  x  Galium mollugo );  Galium japonicum  Makino;  Galium  x  jarynae  Wol. ( Galium aristatum  x  Galium mollugo );  Galium javalambrense  López Udias, Mateo &amp; M. B. Crespo;  Galium javanicum  Blume;  Galium jemense  Kotschy;  Galium jepsonii  Hilend &amp; J. T. Howell;  Galium johnstonii  Dempster &amp; Stebbins;  Galium jolyi  Batt.;  Galium judaicum  Boiss.;  Galium jungermannioides  Boiss.;  Galium junghuhnianum  Miq.;  Galium juniperinum  Standl.;  Galium kaganense  R. Bhattacharjee;  Galium kahelianum  Defiers;  Galium kamtschaticum  Steller ex Schult.;  Galium karakulense  Pobed.;  Galium karataviense  (Pavlov) Pobed.;  Galium kasachstanicum  Pachom.;  Galium kenyanum  Verdc.;  Galium kerneri  Degen &amp; Dörfl.;  Galium khorasanense  Griff.;  Galium kikumuyura  Ohwi;  Galium killipii  Dempster &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium kinuta  Nakai &amp; H. Hara.;  Galium kitaibelianum  Schult.;  Galium  x  kondratjukii  Ostapko ( Galium cincinnatum  x  Galium tomentosum );  Galium kuetzingii  Boiss. &amp; Buhse;  Galium kunmingense  Ehrend.;  Galium kurdicum  Boiss. &amp; Hohen.;  Galium labradoricum  (Wiegand) Wiegand;  Galium laconicum  Boiss. &amp; Heldr.;  Galium lacrimiforme  Dempster;  Galium laevigatum  L.;  Galium lahulense  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium lanceolatum  (Torr. &amp; A. Gray) Torr.;  Galium lanuginosum  Lam.;  Galium  x  lanulosum  Ostapko ( Galium humifusum  x  Galium tomentosum );  Galium lasiocarpum  Boiss.;  Galium latifolium  Michx.;  Galium latoramosum  Clos;  Galium leiocarpum  I. Thomps.;  Galium leptogonium  I. Thomps.;  Galium leptum  Phil.;  Galium libanoticum  Ehrend.;  Galium lilloi  Hicken;  Galium  x  lindbergii  Giraudias;  Galium linearifolium  Turcz.;  Galium liratum  N. A. Wakef.;  Galium litorale  Guss.;  Galium lovcense  Urum.;  Galium lucidum  All.;  Galium macedonicum  Krendl;  Galium magellanicum  Hook. f.;  Galium magellense  Ten.;  Galium magnifolium  (Dempster) Dempster;  Galium mahadivense  G. Singh;  Galium malickyi  Krendl.;  Galium mandonii  Britton;  Galium maneauense  P. Royen;  Galium marchandii  Roem. &amp; Schult.;  Galium margaceum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium margaritaceum  A. Kern.;  Galium maritimum  L.;  Galium martirense  Dempster &amp; Stebbins;  Galium masafueranum  Skottsb.;  Galium matthewsii  A. Gray;  Galium maximowiczii  (Kom.) Pobed.;  Galium mechudoense  Dempster;  Galium megacyttarion  R. R. Mill;  Galium megalanthum  Boiss.; Schweizer Labkraut ( Galium megalospermum  All.);  Galium megapotamicum  Spreng.;  Galium melanantherum  Boiss.;  Galium meliodorum  (Beck) Fritsch;  Galium membranaceum  Ehrend.;  Galium mexicanum  Kunth;  Galium microchiasma  Gilli;  Galium microlobum  I. Thomps.;  Galium microphyllum  A. Gray;  Galium migrans  Ehrend. &amp; McGill.;  Galium minutissimum  T. Shimizu;  Galium minutulum  Jord.;  Galium mirum  Rech. f.;  Galium mite  Boiss. &amp; Hohen.;  Galium moldavicum  (Dobrocz.) Franco;  Galium mollugo  L.;  Galium monachinii  Boiss. &amp; Heldr.;  Galium monasterium  Krendl;  Galium monticolum  Sond.;  Galium montisarerae  Merxm. &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium moralesianum  Ortega Oliv. &amp; Devesa;  Galium moranii  Dempster;  Galium morii  Hayata;  Galium mucroniferum  Sond.;  Galium muelleri  (K. Schum.) Dempster;  Galium multiflorum  Kellogg;  Galium munzii  Hilend &amp; J. T. Howell;  Galium murale  (L.) All.;  Galium murbeckii  Maire;  Galium muricatum  W. Wight;  Galium  x  mutabile  Besser ( Galium mollugo  x  Galium verum );  Galium nabelekii  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium nakaii  Kudô;  Galium nankotaizanum  Ohwi;  Galium  x  neglectum  Le Gall ex Gren. &amp; Godr. ( Galium album  x  Galium arenarium );  Galium nepalense  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium nevadense  Boiss. &amp; Reut.;  Galium nigdeense  Y I ld.;  Galium nigricans  Boiss.;  Galium nigroramosum  (Ehrend.) Dempster;  Galium nolitangere  Ball;  Galium noricum  Ehrend.;  Galium normanii  Dahl;  Galium novoguineense  Diels;  Galium noxium  (A. St.-Hil.) Dempster;  Galium numidicum  Pomel;  Galium nupercreatum  Popov;  Galium nuttallii  A. Gray;  Galium obliquum  Vill.;  Galium obovatum  Kunth;  Galium obtusum  Bigelow;  Galium octonarium  (Klokov) Pobed.;  Galium odoratum  (L.) Scop.;  Galium oelandicum  Ehrend.;  Galium olgae  Klokov;  Galium olivetorum  Le Houér;  Galium olympicum  Boiss.;  Galium ophiolithicum  Krendl;  Galium oreganum  Britton;  Galium oreophilum  Krendl;  Galium oresbium  Greenm.;  Galium orizabense  Hemsl.;  Galium oshtenicum  Ehrend. &amp; Schanzer ex Mikheev;  Galium ossirwaense  K. Krause;  Galium ostenianum  (Standl.) Dempster;  Galium ovalleanum  Phil.;  Galium pabulosum  Sommier &amp; Levier;  Galium palaeoitalicum  Ehrend.;  Galium palustre  L.;  Galium pamiroalaicum  Pobed.;  Galium pamphylicum  Boiss. &amp; Heldr.;  Galium paniculatum  (Bunge) Pobed.;  Galium papilliferum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium papillosum  Lapeyr.;  Galium papuanum  Wernham;  Galium paradoxum  Maxim.;  Galium parishii  Hilend &amp; J. T. Howell;  Galium parisiense  L.;  Galium parvulum  Hub.-Mor. ex Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium paschale  Forssk.;  Galium pastorale  Krendl;  Galium patzkeanum  G. H. Loos;  Galium peloponnesiacum  Ehrend. &amp; Krendl;  Galium penduliflorum  Boiss.;  Galium pendulum  Greenm.;  Galium penicillatum  Boiss.;  Galium pennellii  Dempster;  Galium peplidifolium  Boiss.;  Galium perralderi  Coss.;  Galium peruvianum  Dempster &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium pestalozzae  Boiss.;  Galium petrae  Oliv. ex Hart;  Galium philippianum  Dempster;  Galium philippinense  Merr.;  Galium philistaeum  Boiss.;  Galium pilosum  Aiton;  Galium pisiferum  Boiss.;  Galium pisoderium  Krendl;  Galium platygalium  (Maxim.) Pobed.;  Galium plumosum  Rusby;  Galium poiretianum  Ball;  Galium pojarkovae  Pobed.;  Galium polyacanthum  (Baker) Puff;  Galium polyanthum  I. Thomps.;  Galium  x  pomeranicum  Retz. ( Galium album  x  Galium verum );  Galium porrigens  Dempster;  Galium praemontanum  Mardal.;  Galium praetermissum  Greenm.;  Galium  x  pralognense  Beauverd ( Galium pumilum  x  Galium verum );  Galium prattii  Cufod.;  Galium pringlei  Greenm.;  Galium problematicum  (Ehrend.) Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium procurrens  Ehrend.;  Galium productum  Lowe;  Galium  x  prolazense  Nyár. ( Galium album  x  Galium flavescens );  Galium proliferum  A. Gray;  Galium propinquum  A. Cunn.;  Galium pruinosum  Boiss.;  Galium pseudoaristatum  Schur;  Galium  x  pseudoboreale  Klokov ( Galium boreale  x  Galium rubioides );  Galium pseudocapitatum  Hub.-Mor. ex Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium pseudohelveticum  Ehrend.;  Galium pseudokurdicum  (Ehrend.) Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium pseudorivale  Tzvelev;  Galium pseudotriflorum  Dempster &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium psilocladum  Ehrend.;  Galium pterocarpum  Ehrend.;  Galium pulvinatum  Boiss.;  Galium pumilio  Standl.;  Galium pumilum  Murray;  Galium pusillosetosum  H. Hara;  Galium pusillum  L.;  Galium pyrenaicum  Gouan;  Galium qaradaghense  Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium  x  querceticola  Wol. ( Galium abaujense  subsp.  polonicum  x  Galium intermedium );  Galium quichense  Dempster;  Galium radulifolium  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium ramboi  Dempster;  Galium rebae  R. R. Mill;  Galium reiseri  Halácsy;  Galium  x  retzii  Bouchard ( Galium papillosum  x  Galium verum );  Galium rhodopeum  Velen.;  Galium richardianum  (Gillies ex Hook. &amp; Arn.) Endl. ex Walp.;  Galium rigidifolium  Krendl;  Galium rivale  (Sibth. &amp; Sm.) Griseb.;  Galium roddii  Ehrend. &amp; McGill.;  Galium rosellum  (Boiss.) Boiss. &amp; Reut.;  Galium rotundifolium  L.;  Galium rourkei  Puff;  Galium rubidiflorum  Dempster;  Galium rubioides  L.;  Galium rubrum  L.;  Galium runcinatum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium rupifragum  Ehrend.;  Galium ruwenzoriense  (Cortesi) Ehrend.;  Galium rzedowskii  Dempster;  Galium sacrorum  Krendl;  Galium saipalense  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium salsugineum  Krylov &amp; Serg.;  Galium salwinense  Hand.-Mazz.;  Galium samium  Krendl;  Galium samuelssonii  Ehrend.;  Galium saturejifolium  Trevir.;  Galium saurense  Litv.;  Galium saxatile  L., Syn.:  Galium harcynicum  Weigel,  Galium pawlowskii  Kucowa,  Galium pumilum  subsp.  saxatile  (L.) Dostál;  Galium saxosum  (Chaix) Breistr.;  Galium scabrelloides  Puff;  Galium scabrellum  K. Schum.;  Galium scabrifolium  (Boiss.) Hausskn.;  Galium scabrum  L.;  Galium schlumbergeri  Boiss.;  Galium  x  schmidelyi  Chenevard &amp; W. Wolf ( Galium mollugo  x  Galium rubrum );  Galium schmidii  Arrigoni;  Galium  x  schneebergense  Ronniger ( Galium anisophyllon  x  Galium meliodorum );  Galium schoenbecktemesyae  Ehrend.;  Galium scioanum  Chiov.;  Galium scopulorum  Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium seatonii  Greenm.;  Galium sellowianum  (Cham.) Walp.;  Galium semiamictum  Klokov;  Galium serpenticum  Dempster;  Galium serpylloides  Royle ex Hook. f.;  Galium setaceum  Lam.;  Galium setuliferum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium shanense  R. Bhattacharjee;  Galium shepardii  Post;  Galium shepherdii  Jung-Mend.;  Galium sichuanense  Ehrend.;  Galium sidamense  Chiov. ex Chiarugi;  Galium sieheanum  Ehrend.;  Galium simense  Fresen.;  Galium similii  Pavlov;  Galium sinaicum  (Delile ex Decne.) Boiss.;  Galium smithreitzii  Dempster;  Galium sojakii  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium songaricum  Schrenk;  Galium sorgerae  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium sparsiflorum  W. Wight;  Galium spathulatum  I. Thomps.;  Galium speciosum  Krendl;  Galium sphagnophilum  (Greenm.) Dempster;  Galium spurium  L.;  Galium stellatum  Kellogg;  Galium stenophyllum  Baker;  Galium stepparum  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium sterneri  Ehrend.;  Galium subfalcatum  Nazim. &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium subnemorale  Klokov &amp; Zaver.;  Galium subtrifidum  Reinw. ex Blume;  Galium subtrinervium  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium subuliferum  Sommier &amp; Levier;  Galium subvelutinum  (DC.) K. Koch;  Galium subvillosum  Sond.;  Galium sudeticum  Tausch;  Galium suecicum  (Sterner) Ehrend.;  Galium suffruticosum  Hook. &amp; Arn. ( Rubia margaritifera  Reiche);  Galium sungpanense  Cufod.;  Galium surinamense  Dempster;  Galium sylvaticum  L.;  Galium taiwanense  Masam.;  Galium takasagomontanum  Masam.;  Galium talaveranum  Ortega Oliv. &amp; Devesa;  Galium tanganyikense  Ehrend. &amp; Verdc.;  Galium tarokoense  Hayata;  Galium taygeteum  Krendl;  Galium tendae  Rchb. f.;  Galium tenuissimum  M. Bieb.;  Galium terrae - reginae  Ehrend. &amp; McGill.;  Galium tetraphyllum  Nazim. &amp; Ehrend.;  Galium texense  A. Gray;  Galium thasium  Stoj. &amp; Kitanov;  Galium thiebautii  Ehrend.;  Galium thracicum  Krendl;  Galium thunbergianum  Eckl. &amp; Zeyh.;  Galium thymifolium  Boiss. &amp; Heldr.;  Galium tianschanicum  Popov;  Galium timeroyi  Jord.;  Galium tinctorium  L.;  Galium tmoleum  Boiss.;  Galium tokyoense  Makino;  Galium tolosianum  Boiss. &amp; Kotschy;  Galium tomentosum  Thunb.;  Galium tortumense  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium transcarpaticum  Stojko &amp; Tasenk.;  Galium trichocarpum  DC.;  Galium tricornutum  Dandy;  Galium trifidum  L.;  Galium trifloriforme  Kom.;  Galium triflorum  Michx.;  Galium trilobum  Colenso;  Galium trinioides  Pomel;  Galium trojanum  Ehrend.;  Galium truniacum  (Ronniger);  Galium tubiflorum  Ehrend.;  Galium tuncelianum  Y I ld.;  Galium tunetanum  Lam.;  Galium turgaicum  Knjaz.;  Galium turkestanicum  Pobed.;  Galium tyraicum  Klokov;  Galium uliginosum  L.;  Galium uncinulatum  DC.;  Galium undulatum  Puff;  Galium uniflorum  Michx.;  Galium uruguayense  Bacigalupo;  Galium valantioides  M. Bieb.;  Galium valdepilosum  Heinr. Braun;  Galium valentinum  Lange;  Galium vartanii  Grossh.;  Galium vassilczenkoi  Pobed.;  Galium velenovskyi  Ancev;  Galium verrucosum  Huds.;  Galium verticillatum  Danthoine ex Lam.;  Galium verum  L.;  Galium verum  subsp.  asiaticum  (Nakai) T. Yamaz.;  Galium verum  subsp.  glabrescens  Ehrend.;  Galium verum  L. subsp.  verum; Galium verum  subsp.  wirtgenii  (F. W. Schultz) Oborny (Syn.  Galium wirtgenii  F. W. Schultz);  Galium  x  viciosorum  Sennen &amp; Pau ( Galium maritimum  x  Galium verum );  Galium vile  (Cham. &amp; Schltdl.) Dempster;  Galium violaceum  Krendl;  Galium virgatum  Nutt.;  Galium viridiflorum  Boiss. &amp; Reut.;  Galium viscosum  Vahl;  Galium volcanense  Dempster;  Galium volhynicum  Pobed.;  Galium watsonii  (A. Gray) A. Heller;  Galium weberbaueri  K. Krause;  Galium wendelboi  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Galium werdermannii  Standl.;  Galium wigginsii  Dempster;  Galium wrightii  A. Gray;  Galium xeroticum  (Klokov) Pobed.;  Galium xylorrhizum  Boiss. &amp; A. Huet;  Galium yunnanense  H. Hara &amp; C. Y. Wu;  Galium zabense  Ehrend.;  Rubia agostinhoi  Dans. &amp; P. Silva;  Rubia aitchisonii  Deb &amp; Malick;  Rubia alaica  Pachom.;  Rubia alata  Wall.;  Rubia albicaulis  Boiss.;  Rubia angustisissima  Wall. ex G. Don;  Rubia argyi  (H. Lév. &amp; Vaniot) Hara ex Lauener, Syn.;  Rubia akane  Nakai,  Rubia chekiangensis  Deb,  Rubia nankotaizana  (Masam);  Rubia atropurpurea  Decne.;  Rubia austrozhejiangensis  Z. P. Lei, Y. Y. Zhou &amp; R. W. Wang;  Rubia balearica  (Willk.) Porta;  Rubia balearica  (Willk.) Porta subsp.  Balearica; Rubia balearica  subsp.  caespitosa  (Font Quer &amp; Marcos) Rosselló, L. Sáez &amp; Mus ( Rubia angustifolia  var.  caespitosa  Font Quer &amp; Marcos,  Rubia angustifolia  subsp.  caespitosa  (Font Quer &amp; Marcos) Rosselló,  Rubia caespitosa  (Font Quer &amp; Marcos) Rosselló);  Rubia caramanica  Bornm.;  Rubia charifolia  Wall. ex G. Don.;  Rubia chinensis  Regel &amp; Maack;  Rubia chinensis  f.  chinensis  ( Rubia chinensis  f.  mitis  (Miq.) Kitag.);  Rubia chinensis  f.  glabrescens  (Nakai) Kitag.;  Rubia chitralensis  Ehrend.;  Rubia clematidifolia  Blume ex Decne.;  Rubia cordifolia  L.;  Rubia cordifolia  subsp.  conotricha  (Gand.) Verdc.;  Rubia cordifolia  subsp.  cordifolia; Rubia crassipes  Collett &amp; Hemsl.;  Rubia cretacea  Pojark.;  Rubia danaensis  Danin;  Rubia davisiana  Ehrend.;  Rubia deserticola  Pojark.;  Rubia discolor  Turcz.;  Rubia dolichophylla  Schrenk;  Rubia edgeworthii  Hook. f.;  Rubia falciformis  H. S. Lo;  Rubia filiformis  F. C. How ex H. S. Lo;  Rubia florida  Boiss;  Rubia garrettii  Craib;  Rubia gedrosiaca  Bornm.;  Rubia haematantha  Airy Shaw;  Rubia hexaphylla  (Makino) Makino;  Rubia hispidicaulis  D. G. Long;  Rubia infundibularis  Hemsl. &amp; Lace;  Rubia jesoensis  (Miq.) Miyabe &amp; Kudo;  Rubia komarovii  Pojark;  Rubia krascheninnikovii  Pojark;  Rubia laevissima  Tsckern.;  Rubia latipetala  H. S. Lo;  Rubia laurae  (Holmboe) Airy Shaw;  Rubia laxiflora  Gontsch.;  Rubia linii  J. M. Chao;  Rubia magna  P. G. Xiao;  Rubia mandersii  Collett &amp; Hemsl.;  Rubia manjith  Roxb. ex Fleming;  Rubia maymanensis  Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem;  Rubia membranacea  Diels;  Rubia oncotricha  Hand.-Mazz.;  Rubia oppositifolia  Griff.;  Rubia ovatifolia  Z. Ying Zhang ex Q. Lin;  Rubia pallida  Diels;  Rubia pauciflora  Boiss.;  Rubia pavlovii  Bajtenov &amp; Myrz.;  Rubia peregrina  L.;  Rubia petiolaris  DC.;  Rubia philippinensis  Elmer;  Rubia pianmaensis  R. Li &amp; H. Li;  Rubia podantha  Diels;  Rubia polyphlebia  H. S. Lo;  Rubia pseudogalium  Ehrend.;  Rubia pterygocaulis  H. S. Lo;  Rubia rechingeri  Ehrend.;  Rubia rezniczenkoana  Litv.;  Rubia rigidifolia  Pojark.;  Rubia rotundifolia  Banks &amp; Sol.;  Rubia salicifolia  H. S. Lo;  Rubia schugnanica  B. Fedtsch. ex Pojark.;  Rubia schumanniana  E. Pritz.;  Rubia siamensis  Craib;  Rubia sikkimensis  Kurz;  Rubia sylvatica  (Maxim.) Nakai;  Rubia tatarica  (Trevir.) F. Schmidt;  Rubia tenuifolia  d&#39;Urv.;  Rubia tenuifolia  subsp.  brachypoda  (Boiss.) Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Rubia tenuifolia  subsp.  doniettii  (Griseb.) Ehrend. &amp; Schönb.-Tem.;  Rubia tenuifolia  subsp.  tenuifolia; Rubia tenuissima  ined. (Syn.:  Rubia tenuis  H. S. Lonom. illeg.);  Rubia thunbergii  DC.;  Rubia tibetica  Hook. f.;  Rubia tinctorum  L.;  Rubia transcaucasica  Grossh.;  Rubia trichocarpa  H. S. Lo;  Rubia truppeliana  Loes.;  Rubia wallichiana  Decne.; and  Rubia yunnanensis  Diels; preferably a plant selected from  Galium aparine, Galium verum  and  Rubia cardifolia  L. 
     In a further preferred embodiment, the extract for use in the present invention is prepared
     (i) from a fungus of a fungal genus selected from the group consisting of:  Alternaria  genus;  Aspergillus  genus, preferably  Aspergillus chevalieri, Aspergillus glaucus  and  Aspergillus fumigatus; Boletus  genus, preferably comprising Boletol and Carminic acid;  Cortinarius  genus;  Curvularia  genus;  Eurotium  genus;  Fusarium  genus;  Haloresellinia  genus;  Helminthosporium  genus, preferably  H. cynodontis, H. catenarium  and  H. tritici - vulgaris; Microshaeropsis  genus;  Monodictys  genus;  Nigrospora  genus;  Paecilomyces  genus;  Penicillium  genus, preferably  P. cyclopium, P. citreoroseum, P. carmine - violaceum, P. roseo - purpureum  and  P. cyclopium; Phomopsis; Preussia  genus, preferably  Pressuia multispora  (Saito et Minoura) Cain;  Valsaria  genus, preferably  Valsaria rubricosa,  preferably comprising Papulosin, valsarin;  Talaromyces  genus, preferably  Talaromyces avellaneus  (Thom et Turreson) C. R. Benjamin; or   (ii) from a fungus of a  Lichen  genus, preferably a  Lichen  genus selected from the group consisting of  Xanthoria  genus, preferably  Xanthoria parietina; Lecidella  genus, preferably  Lecidella asema; Lasallia  genus, preferably  Lasallia papulose  var.  rubiginosa; Trypethelium  genus, preferably  Trypethelium cruentum  ( Pyrenula cruenta ).   

     In another preferred embodiment, the anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative for use in the present invention is selected from the group consisting of compounds of Formula (III), (IV) and (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein
 
the bonds between positions 1 and 2, 1 and 13, 3 and 4, 5 and 6, 7 and 8, 11 and 12, and 13 and 14 are independently selected from single bonds or double bonds, preferably double bonds;
     A, X, Y and Z are each independently selected from the group consisting of C, N and O, preferably X is C or O, and A, Y and Z are C or N, more preferably A, X, Y and Z are C,
 
preferably for Formula (IV) X is O and/or the bond between position 3 and 4 is a double bond;
   R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 1a  and R 1b , R 2a  and R 2b , R 3a  and R 3b , and R 4a  and R 4b , are each independently selected from the group consisting of:   (i) H, F, Cl, Br, —OH, —CN, —OSO 3 H and —SO 3 H;   (ii) —O(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —OMe and —OEt, —O(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl, —O(C═O)(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —O(C═O)Me, or —O(C═O)(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl;   (iii) —COOH, —COO(C 1-10 )alkyl, —COO(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, —COONH 2 , —COON((C 1-10 )alkyl) 2 , —COONH(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —COOH, —COOMe or COOEt;   (iv) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 2-10 )alkyl ether, (C 3-10 )alkenyl ether, (C 3-10 )alkynyl ether or (C 4-10 )carbocyclic ether, wherein the ether is bonded to formula (III), (IV) or (V) via its carbon atom;   (v) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 2-10 )alkenyl, (C 2-10 )alkynyl, preferably (C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably substituted or non-substituted —CHO, methyl, ethyl or propyl, most preferably substituted or non-substituted methyl;   (vi) substituted or non-substituted carbocycle selected from the group consisting of (C 3-10 )carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle and (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably a non-substituted phenyl or a phenyl that is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, substituted or non-substituted methyl, preferably —(CF 3 ), ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl;   (vii) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterobicycle having 2 oxygen atoms, preferably substituted or non-substituted benzodioxolyl connected via position (5) or (6) of the benzodioxolyl;   (viii) a mono- or polysaccharide, preferably a mono-, di- or trisaccharide, more preferably a mono- or disaccharide, wherein the mono- or polysaccharide ring carbon is directly attached or attached via an oxygen atom;
 
preferably for Formula (V) R 2  is
   

     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     and/or A and/or Y are C or N;
     R 2 , R 2a  or R 2b  and R 3 , R 3a  or R 3b  optionally together form a ring selected from the group consisting of   (i) substituted or non-substituted carbocycle selected from the group consisting of (C 3-10 )carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle, and (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably a non-substituted phenyl or a phenyl that is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, substituted or non-substituted methyl, preferably —(CF 3 ), ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl; and   (ii) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterobicycle having 2 oxygen atoms;
 
R 9 a and R 9 b are independently selected from the group consisting of
   (i) H, Me, —CN, OH, OMe, and ═O;   (ii) a mono- or polysaccharide, preferably a mono-, di- or trisaccharide, more preferably a mono- or disaccharide, wherein the mono- or polysaccharide ring carbon is directly attached or attached via an oxygen atom;
 
preferably R 9a  is H and R 9b  is OH, more preferably R 9a  is ═O and R 9b  is absent; and/or R 10  is H, —OH, ═O, or a mono- or polysaccharide, preferably a mono-, di- or trisaccharide, more preferably a mono- or disaccharide, wherein the mono- or polysaccharide ring carbon is directly attached or attached via an oxygen atom.
   

     The compounds described herein are generally named by using the nomenclature that was computed based on the structural drawings by the software ACD/Chemsketch 2015 provided by Advanced Chemistry Development, Inc., Canada and BIOVIA Draw 2016 provided by BIOVIA, USA. The compounds can be obtained by chemical synthesis and/or by extraction from plants or other organisms, preferably fungal organisms. 
     For compounds having asymmetric centers, it is understood that, unless otherwise specified, all of the optical isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed. Each stereogenic carbon may be in the (R)- or (S)-configuration or a combination of configurations if not indicated differently. Also, compounds with two or more asymmetric elements can be present as mixtures of diastereomers. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention preferably have a diastereomeric purity of at least 50%, preferably at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, more preferably at least 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, most preferably at least 98%, 99% or 100%. In addition, compounds with carbon-carbon double bonds may occur in Z- and E-forms, with all isomeric forms of the compounds being included in the present invention unless otherwise specified. Where a compound exists in various tautomeric forms, a recited compound is not limited to any one specific tautomer, but rather is intended to encompass all tautomeric forms. 
     Recited compounds are further intended to encompass compounds in which one or more atoms are replaced with an isotope, i.e., an atom having the same atomic number but a different mass number. By way of general example, and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium and isotopes of carbon include  11 C,  13 C, and  14 C. 
     Compounds according to the formulas provided herein, which have one or more stereogenic center(s), have an enantiomeric excess of at least 50%. For example, such compounds may have an enantiomeric excess of at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, preferably at least 90%, 95%, or 98%. Some embodiments of the compounds have an enantiomeric excess of at least 99%. It will be apparent that single enantiomers (optically active forms) can be obtained by asymmetric synthesis, synthesis from optically pure precursors, biosynthesis, extraction from plants or organisms, or by resolution of the racemates, e.g. enzymatic resolution or resolution by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example, a chiral HPLC column. 
     As used herein, a “substituent” or “residue” or “R”, refers to a molecular moiety that is covalently bound to an atom within a molecule of interest. For example, a “substituent”, “R” or “residue” may be a moiety such as a halogen, alkyl group, haloalkyl group or any other substituent described herein that is covalently bonded to an atom, preferably a carbon or nitrogen atom, that forms part of a molecule of interest. The term “substituted” as used herein, means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated substituents, provided that the designated atom&#39;s normal valence is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e., a compound that can be isolated and characterized using conventional means. For example, substitution can be in the form of an oxygen bound to any other chemical atom than carbon, e.g. hydroxyl group, or an oxygen anion. When a substituent is oxo, i.e., ═O, then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. An oxo group that is a substituent of an aromatic carbon atom results in a conversion of —CH— to —C(═O)— and a loss of aromaticity. For example, a pyridyl group substituted by oxo is a pyridone. 
     The term “heteroatom” as used herein shall be understood to mean atoms other than carbon and hydrogen such as and preferably O, N, S and P. 
     If a first compound, a substituent or a residue ends, e.g., in the name “-yl”, this ending indicates that the first compound, substituent or residue is covalently bound to a second compound, substituent or residue. 
     In the context of the present invention it is understood that antecedent terms such as “linear or branched”, “substituted or non-substituted” indicate that each one of the subsequent terms is to be interpreted as being modified by said antecedent term. For example, the scope of the term “linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocycle” encompasses linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted alkyl; linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted alkenyl; linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted alkynyl; linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted alkylidene; and linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted carbocycle. For example, the term “(C 2-10 ) alkenyl, alkynyl or alkylidene” indicates the group of compounds having 2 to 10 carbons and alkenyl, alkynyl or alkylidene functionality. 
     The expression “alkyl” refers to a saturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group that contains the number of carbon items indicated, e.g. “(C 1-10 )alkyl” denotes a hydrocarbon residue containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, e.g. a methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, n-hexyl, 2,2-di methyl butyl, etc. 
     The expression “alkenyl” refers to an at least partially unsaturated, substituted or non-substituted straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group that contains the number of carbon atoms indicated, e.g. “(C 2-10 )alkenyl” denotes a hydrocarbon residue containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, for example an ethenyl (vinyl), propenyl (allyl), iso-propenyl, butenyl, isoprenyl or hex-2-enyl group, or, for example, a hydrocarbon group comprising a methylene chain interrupted by one double bond as, for example, found in monounsaturated fatty acids or a hydrocarbon group comprising methylene-interrupted polyenes, e.g. hydrocarbon groups comprising two or more of the following structural unit —[CH═CH—CH 2 ]—, as, for example, found in polyunsaturated fatty acids. Alkenyl groups have one or more, preferably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 double bond(s). 
     The expression “alkynyl” refers to at least partially unsaturated, substituted or non-substituted straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon groups that contain the number of carbon items indicated, e.g. “(C 2-10 )alkynyl” denotes a hydrocarbon residue containing from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, for example an ethinyl, propinyl, butinyl, acetylenyl, or propargyl group. Preferably, alkynyl groups have one or two (especially preferably one) triple bond(s). 
     Furthermore, the terms “alkyl”, “alkenyl” and “alkynyl” refer to groups in which one or more hydrogen atom(s) have been replaced, e.g. by a halogen atom, preferably F or Cl, such as, for example, a 2,2,2-trichloroethyl or a trifluoromethyl group. 
     The term “carbocycle” shall be understood to mean a substituted or non-substituted hydrocarbon cycle containing the number of carbon items indicated, e.g. “(C 3-10 )carbocycle” or from 3 to 20, preferably from 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 5 or 6 carbon atoms. These carbocycles may be either aromatic or non-aromatic systems. The non-aromatic ring systems may be mono- or polyunsaturated. 
     The term “carbobicycle” refers to a carbocycle as defined above comprising more than 1 ring, preferably two rings. Preferred carbocycles and carbobicycles include but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptanyl, cycloheptenyl, phenyl, indanyl, indenyl, benzocyclobutanyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, naphthyl, decahydronaphthyl, benzocycloheptanyl, benzocycloheptenyl, spiro[4,5]decanyl, norbornyl, decalinyl, bicyclo[4.3.0]nonyl, tetraline, or cyclopentylcyclohexyl. The carbo- and/or carbobicyclic residue may be bound to the remaining structure of the complete molecule by any atom of the cycle, which results in a stable structure 
     The term “carbocycle” shall also include “cycloalkyl” which is to be understood to mean aliphatic hydrocarbon-containing rings preferably having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms. These non-aromatic ring systems may be mono- or polyunsaturated, i.e. the term encompasses cycloalkenyl and cycloalkynyl. 
     The term “heterocycle” refers to a stable substituted or non-substituted, aromatic or non-aromatic, preferably 3 to 20 membered, more preferably 3-12 membered, most preferably 5 or 6 membered, monocyclic, heteroatom-containing cycle. Each heterocycle consists of carbon atoms and one or more, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3 heteroatoms preferably chosen from nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur. A heterocycle may contain the number of carbon atoms in addition to the non-carbon atoms as indicated: a “(C 3-6 )heterocycle” is meant to have 3 to 6 carbon atoms in addition to a given number of heteroatoms. 
     The term “heterobicycle” refers to a heterocycle as defined above comprising more than 1 ring, preferably two rings. 
     The hetero- and/or heterobicyclic residue may be bound to the remaining structure of the complete molecule by any atom of the cycle, which results in a stable structure. Exemplary heterocycles and heterobicycles include, but are not limited to pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl sulfoxide, thiomorpholinyl sulfone, dioxalanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 1-oxo-λ4-thiomorpholinyl, 13-oxa-11-aza-tricyclo[7.3.1.0-2,7]tridecy-2,4,6-triene, tetrahydropyranyl, 2-oxo-2H-pyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, 1,3-dioxolanone, 1,3-dioxanone, 1,4-dioxanyl, 8-oxa-3-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 2-oxa-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, 2-thia-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, piperidinonyl, tetrahydro-pyrimidonyl, pentamethylene sulphide, pentamethylene sulfoxide, pentamethylene sulfone, tetramethylene sulphide, tetramethylene sulfoxide and tetramethylene sulfone, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzodioxolyl, imidazolyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl and pyrazolyl. 
     The expressions “alkyl/alkenyl/alkynyl ether” refer to a saturated or non-saturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group that contains the number of carbon items indicated. For example, “(C 1-10 )alkyl ether” denotes a hydrocarbon residue containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and any suitable number of oxygen atoms that will result in an ether structure. Alkyl/alkenyl/alkynyl ether groups as used herein shall be understood to mean any linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted alkyl/alkenyl/alkynyl chain comprising an oxygen atom either as an ether motif, i.e. an oxygen bound by two carbons. The ether residue can be attached to the Formulas provided in the present invention either via the carbon atom or via the oxygen atom of the ether residue. 
     The “substituent” or “residue” or “R” as used herein, preferably R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , R 4a , R 4b , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9a , R 9b , and/or R 10  can be attached directly to the Formulae provided in the present invention or by means of a linker. Said linker may be a polyethyleneglycol. The term polyethyleneglycol as used herein refers to a chain of substituted or non-substituted ethylene oxide monomers. If the formulae and description note the residues R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and/or R 9  (i.e. without the letters “a” or “b”), then these residues can be residues as defined for either R 1a R 1b , R 2a /R 2b , R 3a /R 3b , R 4a /R 4b , and R 9a /R 9b . 
     As used herein, the terms “nitrogen” or “N” and “sulphur” or “S” include any oxidized form of nitrogen and sulphur and the quaternized form of any basic nitrogen as long as the resulting compound is chemically stable. For example, for an —S—C 1-6  alkyl radical shall be understood to include —S(O)—C 1-6 alkyl and —S(O) 2 —C 1-6 alkyl. 
     As used herein, a wording defining the limits of a range of length such as, e. g., “from 1 to 5” or “(C 1-5 )” means any integer from 1 to 5, i. e. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. In other words, any range defined by two integers explicitly mentioned is meant to comprise and disclose any integer defining said limits and any integer comprised in said range. 
     By way of example, the term “substituted in meta position or substituted in para position”, as used herein, means that a compound is either substituted by at least one given substituent in para position to the position where the compound is attached to another compound or residue, or substituted in two of its meta positions by at least one substituent. As denoted above for the para position, the meta position denotes the position meta to the position where the compound is attached to another compound or residue. 
     The scope of the present invention includes those analogs of the compounds as described above and in the claims that, e.g. for reasons of metabolic stability, feature the exchange of one or more carbon-bonded hydrogens, preferably one or more aromatic carbon-bonded hydrogens, with halogen atoms such as F, Cl, or Br, preferably F. For example, Compounds 1 to 10 can feature one or more halogen atoms, preferably F, instead of the aromatic carbon-bonded hydrogens in the phenyl ring. 
     Also, the scope of the present invention includes analogs of the compounds as described above, preferably anthrachinones and derivatives thereof, more preferably alizarin and pseudopurpurin, that are in glycosylated form, e.g. anthraquinone-/alizarin- or pseudopurpurin-glycosides, preferably beta-D-glucopyranosyl-, alpha-L-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl-, beta-D-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl-, beta-D-xylopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl-, and/or beta-D-Glucopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl-glycosides, or have a mono- or di-saccharide linked via an oxygen atom, preferably beta-D-glucopyranosyloxy-, alpha-L-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyloxy-, beta-D-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyloxy-, beta-D-xylopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyloxy-, and/or beta-D-Glucopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyloxy-glycosides. It is within the scope of the present invention that the glycosylated compounds for use in the present invention can be purified from plant extracts or produced in cell-based or cell-free systems by glycosyl transferases, see, e.g., Example 16 below. 
     The present invention also includes ester, ether and amide derivatives of all compounds, e.g. anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivatives and compounds according to Formula (I) and (II), described herein, preferably anthrachinones and derivatives thereof, more preferably alizarin and pseudopurpurin. The ester, ether and amide group(s) is (are) attached to the hydroxyl-(OH), carboxyl-(COOH) and amino-(NH) substituents and can comprise any number of substituted or non-substituted, linear, branched or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl or alkinyl residues. 
     Hence, the present invention is also directed to anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative for use according to the present invention, which are in the form of ester, ether and amide derivatives of the compounds described herein, preferably anthrachinones and derivatives thereof, more preferably alizarin and pseudopurpurin. The ester, ether and amide group(s) is (are) preferably attached to the hydroxyl-(OH), carboxyl-(COOH) and amino-(NH) substituents of the compounds described herein. 
     The invention includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of the present invention. A “pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate” refers to any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester or any other compound which, upon administration to a patient, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of the invention, or a pharmacologically active metabolite or pharmacologically active residue thereof. A pharmacologically active metabolite shall be understood to mean any compound for use in the invention capable of being metabolized enzymatically or chemically. This includes, for example, hydroxylated or oxidized derivative compounds of the present invention. 
     Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of suitable acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulphuric, nitric, perchloric, fumaric, maleic, phosphoric, glycolic, lactic, salicylic, succinic, toluene-p-sulfuric, tartaric, acetic, citric, methanesulfonic, formic, benzoic, malonic, naphthalene-2-sulfuric and benzenesulfonic acids. Other acids, such as oxalic acid, while not themselves pharmaceutically acceptable, may be employed in the preparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compounds and their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts. Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal (e.g., sodium), alkaline earth metal (e.g. magnesium), ammonium and N—(C 1 -C 4 alkyl) 4   +  salts. 
     In addition, the scope of the invention also encompasses prodrugs of compounds of the present invention. Prodrugs include those compounds that, upon simple chemical transformation, are modified to produce compounds of the invention. Simple chemical transformations include hydrolysis, oxidation and reduction. Specifically, when a prodrug is administered to a patient, the prodrug may be transformed into a compound disclosed hereinabove, thereby imparting the desired pharmacological effect. 
     In another preferred embodiment, the anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative for use in the present invention is an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative according to Formula (IIIa), 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     and R 1 , R 3  and R 6  to R 8  are as defined above for Formulas (III), (IV) and (V), preferably:
         R 6  and R 7  are hydrogen;   R 8  is a linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 2-10 )alkenyl, (C 2-10 )alkynyl, preferably (C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably substituted or non-substituted methyl, ethyl or propyl, most preferably substituted or non-substituted methyl; and/or   R 1  is OH or —O(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —OMe, —OEt, or —O(C═O)(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —O(C═O)Me or OH; and/or   R 3  is OH, a linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 2-10 )alkenyl, (C 2-10 )alkynyl, preferably (C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably substituted or non-substituted methyl, ethyl or propyl, most preferably substituted or non-substituted methyl, —O(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —OMe or —OEt, —O(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl, preferably —O-cyclopropyl, —O(C═O)(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —O(C═O)Me, —O(C═O)(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl, preferably —O(C═O)-cyclopropyl, COOH, COOMe, COOEt, or C(C═O)NH 2 .       

     In a further preferred embodiment, the anthrachinone or anthraquinone derivative for use in the present invention is not an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative according to Formula (IIIa). In a further preferred embodiment, the composition for use in the present invention does not comprise an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative according to Formula (IIIa). 
     In another preferred embodiment, the anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative for use in the present invention is an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative according to Formula (IIIb), 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein R 1  to R 9  are as defined above for Formulas (III), (IV) and (V), and R 10  is —OH or ═O. 
     In a further preferred embodiment, the anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative for use in the present invention is an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative according to Formula (IIIc), 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein
     R 1a  and R 1b , R 2a  and R 2b , R 3a  and R 3b , R 4a  and R 4b , and R 5  to R 8  are each independently selected from the group consisting of:   (i) H, —CN, or —OH;   (ii) —O(C 1-6 )alkyl, preferably —OMe or —OEt, —O(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, preferably —O-cyclopropyl, —O(C═O)(C 1-3 )alkyl, preferably —O(C═O)Me, or —O(C═O)(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, preferably —O(C═O)cyclopropyl;   (iii) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 2-10 )alkyl ether, (C 3-10 )alkenyl ether, (C 3-10 )alkynyl ether or (C 4-10 )carbocyclic ether, wherein the ether is bonded to formula (IIIc) via its carbon atom;   (iv) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 1-6 )alkyl, (C 2-6 )alkenyl, (C 2-6 )alkynyl, preferably (C 1-6 )alkyl, more preferably substituted or non-substituted methyl, ethyl or propyl, most preferably substituted or non-substituted methyl;   (v) substituted or non-substituted carbocycle selected from the group consisting of (C 3-10 )carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle and (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably a non-substituted phenyl or a phenyl that is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, substituted or non-substituted methyl, preferably —(CF 3 ), ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl;   (vi) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterobicycle having 2 oxygen atoms, preferably substituted or non-substituted benzodioxolyl connected via position (5) or (6) of the benzodioxolyl;   R 9a  and R 9b  are independently selected from the group consisting of H, Me, —CN, —OH, —OMe, and ═O, preferably R 9a  is H and R 9b  is —OH, more preferably R 9a  is OH and R 9b  is Me; and/or R 10  is —OH or ═O.   

     In a further preferred embodiment, the anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative for use in the present invention is an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative according to Formula (IIId), 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein
     R 1  to R 8  are each independently selected from the group consisting of:   (i) H, F, Cl, Br, —CN, —OH, —OSO 3 H and —SO 3 H;   (ii) —O(C 1-6 )alkyl, preferably —OMe or —OEt, —O(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, preferably —O-cyclopropyl, —O(C═O)(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, preferably —O(C═O)cyclopropyl or —O(C═O)(C 1-3 )alkyl, preferably —O(C═O)Me;   (iii) —COOH, —COO(C 1-10 )alkyl, —COO(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, —COONH 2 , —COON((C 1-10 )alkyl) 2 , or —COONH(C 1-10 )alkyl, preferably —COOH, —COOMe or COOEt;   (iv) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 2-10 )alkyl ether, (C 3-10 )alkenyl ether, (C 3-10 )alkynyl ether or (C 4-10 )carbocyclic ether, wherein the ether is bonded to formula (IIId) via its carbon atom;   (v) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 1-10 )alkyl, (C 2-10 )alkenyl, or (C 2-10 )alkynyl, preferably (C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably substituted or non-substituted —CHO, methyl, ethyl or propyl, most preferably substituted or non-substituted methyl;   (vi) substituted or non-substituted carbocycle selected from the group consisting of (C 3-10 )-carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle and (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably a non-substituted phenyl or a phenyl that is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, substituted or non-substituted methyl, preferably —(CF 3 ), ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl;   (vii) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterobicycle having 2 oxygen atoms, preferably substituted or non-substituted benzodioxolyl connected via position (5) or (6) of the benzodioxolyl; and/or   R 2  and R 3  together form a ring selected from the group consisting of   (i) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-10 )carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle or (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably a non-substituted phenyl or a phenyl that is substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, substituted or non-substituted methyl, preferably —(CF 3 ), ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl; and   (ii) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterobicycle having 2 oxygen atoms,   

     preferably an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative according to Formula (IIId), wherein R 1  and R 2  are —OH and R 3  to R 8  are as defined above. 
     In another preferred embodiment, the anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative for use according to the present invention is an anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative according to Formula (IIId), 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein
     R 1  to R 8  are each independently selected from the group consisting of:   (i) H, F, Cl, —CN, —OH, and —OSO 3 H;   (ii) —O(C 1-10 )alkyl and —O(C 2-10 )alkenyl, preferably —OMe, —OEt, —O-propyl and-O-cyclopropyl;   (iii) —O(C═O)(C 1-10 )alkyl and —O(C═O)(C 2-10 )alkenyl, preferably —O(C═O)propyl, —O(C═O)cyclopropyl, —O(C═O)Me and —O(C═O)Et;   (iv) —COOH, —COONH 2 , —COOMe or —COOEt;   (v) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 2-10 )alkyl ether wherein the ether is bonded to formula (IIId) via its carbon atom, preferably an ether selected from the group consisting of   

     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
         
         (vi) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 1-10 )alkyl or (C 2-10 )alkenyl, preferably substituted or non-substituted methyl, ethyl and propyl, most preferably selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, -MeOH, -EtOH, —CHO, 
       
    
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
         
         (vii) substituted or non-substituted carbocycle (C 3-6 )carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle or (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably a substituted or non-substituted carbocycle selected from the group consisting of phenyl, benzenediol, preferably p,m-benzenediol, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclopenta-1,3-dienyl; 
         (viii) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted benzodioxolyl connected via position (5) or (6) of the benzodioxolyl; and/or 
         R 2  and R 3  together form a ring selected from the group consisting of 
         (i) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-10 )carbocycle; and 
         (ii) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterobicycle having 2 oxygen atoms,
 
preferably R 2  and R 3  together form a ring selected from the group consisting of
 
       
    
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     preferably a derivative according to Formula (IIId), wherein
     R 1  and R 2  are selected from the group consisting of   (i) F, Cl, —CN and —OH,   (ii) O(C 1-10 )alkyl and —O(C 2-10 )alkenyl, preferably —OMe, —OEt, —O-propyl and —O-cyclopropyl, and   (iii) —O(C═O)(C 1-10 )alkyl and —O(C═O)(C 2-10 )alkenyl, preferably —O(C═O)propyl, —O(C═O)cyclopropyl, —O(C═O)Me and —O(C═O)Et,   R 3  is H, F, —COOH, —COONH 2 , —COOMe or —COOEt,   R 4  is selected from the group consisting of   (i) H, F, Cl and —OH,   (ii) O(C 1-10 )alkyl and —O(C 2-10 )alkenyl, preferably —OMe, —OEt, —O-propyl and —O-cyclopropyl, and   (iii) O(C═O)(C 1-10 )alkyl and —O(C═O)(C 2-10 )alkenyl, preferably —O(C═O)propyl, —O(C═O)cyclopropyl, —O(C═O)Me and —O(C═O)Et; and   R 5  to R 8  are H or F.   

     In a further preferred embodiment, the anthraquinone or anthraquinone derivative for use in the present invention is selected from the group consisting of: 1,2-dihydroxyanthracene-9,10-dione (Alizarin); 1,3,4-trihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid (Pseudopurpurin); 1,2,4-trihydroxyanthracene-9,10-dione (Purpurin); 1,3-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione (Rubiadin); 1,3,-dihydroxy-2(hydroxymethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione (Lucidin); 2-methylanthracene-9,10-dione (Tectochinone); 2-(hydroxylmethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 2-methoxyanthracene-9,10-dione; 2-hydroxyanthracene-9,10-dione; 1-hydroxyanthracene-9,10-dione; 1-hydroxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; ethyl 1-hydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylate; 1-methoxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1-hydroxy-2-methoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 2-hydroxy-1-methoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,2,-dimethoxyanthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3-dihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carbaldehyde; 1,3-dihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid; methyl-1,3-dihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylate; 2-(ethoxymethyl)-1,3,-dihydroxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3-dihydroxy-2-(methoxymethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-dimethoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3-dihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid; 1,3-dimethoxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid; 1,2,3-trihydroxyanthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3-dihydroxyanthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3-dihydroxy-2-phenyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 2-benzyl-1,3-dihydroxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3-dihydroxy-2-methoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,2-dihydroxy-3-methoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1-hydroxy-2,3-dimethoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1-hydroxy-3-methoxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid; 3-hydroxy-1-methoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,4-dihydroxyanthracene-9,10-dione (Quinizarin); 1,4-dihydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)anthracene-9,1-dione; ethyl-1,4-dihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylate; 2-(ethoxymethyl)-1,4-dihydroxy-anthracene-9,10-dione (Christofin); 1,4-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1-hydroxy-3-methoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3-dimethoxyanthracene-9,10-dione; methyl-4-hydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylate; 1,4-dihydroxy-5-methoxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,4-dihydroxy-8-methoxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,4-dihydroxy-6-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,5-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,8-dihydroxy-3-methoxy-6-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione (Physcion, Parietin); 1,3,6-trihydroxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,8-dihydroxy-3-methoxy-6-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 3,6-dihydroxy-1-methoxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 2-hydroxy-7-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 4-hydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3,8-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione (Citreorosein); 1,8-dihydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)-6-methoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione (Telochistin); 3,4,6-trihydroxy-2,7-dimethoxy-benzo[f]benzofuran-5,8-dione (Rhodocladonic acid); 1,8-dihydroxy-3,6-dimethoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione (Fallacinol); 1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-2-[E-styryl]anthracene-9,10-dione (Averythrin); 1,6,8-trihydroxy-3-methyl-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid (Endocrocin); 1,6,8-trihydroxy-3-methyl-9-oxo-10H-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid; 1,4,5-trihydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,4,5,7-tetrahydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione (Tritisporin); 1,5,8-trihydroxy-3-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione (Helminthosporin); 1,4,5,8-tetrahydroxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione (Cynodontin); 7-alpha-D-Glucopyranosyl-9,10-dihydro-3,5,6,8-tetrahydroxy-1-methyl-9,10-dioxoanthracene-carboxylic acid (Carminic acid); 1,5,-dihydroxy-8-methoxy-3-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione (Questin); 4,5,7-trihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid (Emodic acid); 1,6-dihydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)-8-methoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione (Questinol); 1,3-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-8-methoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione (Carviolin); 1,3,8-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxylmethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione (Citreorosein); 2,8-dihydroxy-1-methoxy-3-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 3-acetyl-1,2,4,5,7-pentahydroxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 4,5-dihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid (Rhein); 1,4,5,7-tetrahydroxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione (Catenarin); 1,8-dihydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione (Aloe-emodin); 1,8-dihydroxy-3-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione (Chrysophanol); Rhein-8-glucoside; 1,3,8-trihydroxy-6-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione (Alatinone); 4,5-diacetoxy-7-hydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid (Diacerhein); 1,3,5,8-tetrahydroxy-6-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,4-dihydroxy-6,7-dimethoxy-3-methyl-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid; 1,3-dihydroxy-6,8-dimethoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3,5,8-tetrahydroxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3,8-trihydroxy-2-methyl-1,2-dihydroanthracene-9,10-dione; 1-methoxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,8-dihydroxy-6-methoxy-2-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,8-dihydroxy-3-methoxy-6-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 2,3,4,8-tetrahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-2,4-dihydro-1H-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxyanthracene-9,10-dione; 2,3,5-trihydroxy-7-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroanthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3-dihydroxy-8-methoxy-6-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 2,3,4,8,10-pentahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1,2,4,10-tetrahydro-anthracene-9-one; 1,3,7-trihydroxy-6-(2-hydroxypropyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-2-(1-hydroxyethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 5,7,9-trihydroxy-3,4-dihydro-2H-naptho[2,3-g]chromene-6,11-dione; 2-chloro-1,6-dihydroxy-8-methoxy-3-methyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-2-(1-methoxyethyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3,8-trihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carbaldehyde; 2,3,5,8,10-pentahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1,2,4a,9a,10-hexahydroanthracene-9-one; (3,5,8,10-tetrahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-9-oxo-1,2,4,4a,9a,10-hexahydroanthracene-2-yl)acetate; 2,16,18-trihydroxy-7,9-dioxapentacyclo[10.8.0.03,10.04,8.014,19]icosa-1(12),2,10,14(19),15,17-hexaene-13,20-dione; 2,16,18-trihydroxy-7,9-dioxapentacyclo[10.8.0.03,10.04,8.014,19]icosa-1(12),2,5,10,14(19),15,17-heptaene-13,20-dione; 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carbaldehyde; 6,8-dimethoxy-1-methyl-2-(3-oxobutyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 2-[(E)-hex-1-enyl]-1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 3,7-dihydroxy-9-methoxy-17-methyl-16,21-dioxapentacyclo[15.3.1.02,15.04,13.06,11]henicosa-2,4(13),6(11),7,9,14-hexaene-5,12-dione; 1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-2-(1-methoxyhexyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-2-(1-hydroxyhexyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 2-chloro-1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-7-(1-hydroxyhexyl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 2-(1-butoxyhexyl)-7-chloro-1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; (3,5,8,10-tetrahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-9-oxo-1,2,4,4a,9a,10-hexahydro-anthracene-2-yl) acetate; 11-hydroxy-7-methyl-9,12-dioxo-4-oxa-1,8-diazatricyclo[8.4.0.03,8]tetradeca-10,13-diene-13-carboxylic acid; 11-hydroxy-7,13-dimethyl-4-oxa-1,8-diazatricyclo[8.4.0.03,8]tetradeca-10,13-diene-9,12-dione; 11-hydroxy-7-methyl-9,12-dioxo-4-oxa-1,8-diazatricyclo[8.4.0.03,8]tetradeca-10,13-diene-13-carboxylic acid; 1,3-dihydroxy-2-phenyl-anthracene-9,10-dione; 2-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-1,3-dihydroxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; [3-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)phenyl]-(o-tolyl)methanone; [4-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl]-(o-tolyl)methanone; 2-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-3-hydroxy-benzo[g]quinoline-5,10-dione; 2-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-1,3-dihydroxy-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-octafluoroanthracene-9,10-dione; 1,2-difluoroanthracene-9,10-dione; 1,2-dihydroxy-3,4,5,6,7,8-hexafluoro-anthracene-9,10-dione; 1,3,4,5,6,7,8-heptafluoro-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid; 1,3,4-trifluoro-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid; 1,3,4-trihydroxy-5,6,7,8-tetrafluoro-9,10-dioxo-anthracene-2-carboxylic acid; 1-hydroxy-3-methylanthraquinone; 1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxyanthraquinone; Coniothranthraquinone 1 ((2S,3R)-2,3,5-trihydroxy-7-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroanthraquinone); Macrosporin (1,7-dihydroxy-3-methoxy-6-methylanthraquinone); Austrocortinin (1,4-dihydroxy-2-methoxy-7-methylanthraquinone); 1-Methylemodin (1,3-dihydroxy-8-methoxy-6-methylanthraquinone); Macrospin (1,6-dihydroxy-3-methoxy-7-methyl-anthraquinone); Monodictyquinone (1,8-dihydroxy-2-methoxy-6-methylanthraquinone); 2,3,5,8-Tetrahydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroanthraquinone; 10-Deoxybostrycin; Dihydroaltersolanol C ((1R,2R,3R)-1,2,3,5-tetra-hydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methyl-1,2,3,4,4a,9a-hexahydroanthraquinone); Lunatin (1,3,8-trihydroxy-6-methoxyanthraquinone); Trichodermaquinone ((2S,3R)-2,3,5-trihydroxy-7-(hydroxylmethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroanthraquinone); 2,8-dihydroxy-1,3-dimethoxy-6-methyl anthraquinone; Erythroglaucin (1,4,5-trihydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone); Fusaquinon C ((2S,3R,4aR,9aR,10S)-2,3,5,8,10-pentahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1,3,4,4a,9a,10-hexahydro-anthracene-9(2H)-one); Rubocristin (1,4,7-trihydroxy-5-methoxy-2-methylanthraquinone); 6-O-methylalaternin (1,2,8-trihydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methylanthraquinone); 1,4,6-Trihydroxy-2-methoxy-7-methylanthraquinone; 7-Chloroemodin; Altersolanol B ((2S,3R)-2,3,5-trihydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroanthraquinone); Fusaquinon A ((2R,3S,4aR,9S,9aS)-3,5,8-trihydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methyl-2,3,4,4a,9,9a-hexahydro-2,9-epoxyanthracene-10(1H)-one); Dihydroaltersolanol B ((2S,3R)-2,3,5-trihydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methyl-1,2,3,4,4a,9a-hexahydroanthraquinone); Xylanthraquinone; Isorhodoptilometrin ((R)-1,3,8-trihydroxy-6-(2-hydroxypropyl)anthraquinone); 1,3,6,8-Tetrahydroxy-2-(1-hydroxyethyl) anthraquinone; 1-O-Methyl-7-chloroemodin (2-chloro-1,6-dihydroxy-8-methoxy-3-methylanthraquinone); 7-Chlorocitreorosein; Austrocortirubin (1,4-dihydroxy-2-methoxy-7-methylanthraquinone); 1-Deoxytetrahydrobostrycin ((2R,3S)-2,3,5,8,10-pentahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1,3,4,4a,9a,10-hexahydroanthracene-9(2H)-one); Fragilin (2-chloro-1,8-dihydroxy-3-methoxy-6-methylanthraquinone); 5-Acetyl-2-methoxy-1,4,6-trihydroxy-anthraquinone; Isorhodoptilometrin-1-methylether (1,3-dihydroxy-6-2-hydroxypropyl-8-methoxyanthraquinone); 1,3,6,8-Tetrahydroxy-2-(1-methoxyethyl)anthraquinone; Phomopsanthraquinone ((2R,3S)-7-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,3,8-trihydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methylanthraquinone); Altersolanol A ((1R,2S,3R,4S)-1,2,3,4,5-pentahydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroanthraquinone); Bostrycin ((5S,6R,7S)-5,6,7,9,10-pentahydroxy-2-methoxy-7-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroanthracene-1,4-dione); SZ-685C ((1,2,3,5,8-pentahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroanthraquinone); Fusaquinon B ((1R,2S,3R,4aR,9aS,10S)-1,2,3,5,8,10-hexahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1,3,4,4a,9a,10-hexahydroanthracene-9(2H)-one); Tetra hydroxybostrycin ((1,2,3,5,8,10-hexahydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-1,3,4,4a,9a,10-hexahydroanthracene-9(2H)-one); Versicolorin C ((4,6,8-trihydroxy-3,3a-dihydroanthra[2,3-b]furo[3,2-d]furan-5,10(2H,12aH)-dione); 2-O-Acetylaltersolanol B ((2R,3S)-3,8-dihydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-9,10-dioxo-1,2,3,4,9,10-hexahydroanthracene-2-yl acetate); 1,2,3,6,8-Pentahydroxy-7-(1-methoxyethyl)anthraquinone; Emodin-3-O Sulfate ((4,5-dihydroxy-7-methyl-9,10-dioxo-9,10-dihydroanthracene-2-yl hydrogen sulfate); Auxarthrol C ((1S,2R,3R,4R,4aR,9aS)-1,2,3,4,5-pentahydroxy-7-methoxy-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-4a,9a-epoxyanthraquinone); 8-O-MethylversicolorinB ((4,8-dihydroxy-6-methoxy-3,3a-dihydroanthra[2,3-b]furo[3,2-d]furan-5,10(2H,12aH)-dione); 6,8-Dimethoxy-1-methyl-2-(3-oxobutyl)anthraquinone; 8-O-Methylversicolorin A (4,8-dihydroxy-6-methoxyanthra[2,3-b]furo[3,2-d]furan-5,10(3aH,12aH)-dione); Averythrin ((E)-2-(hex-1-en-1-yl)-1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxyanthraquinone); Skyrin (2,2′,4,4′,5,5′-hexahydroxy-7,7′-dimethyl-[1,1′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Macrosporin-7-O-sulfate (Sodium 8-hydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-9,10-dioxo-9,10-dihydroanthracene-2-yl sulfate); Citreorosein-3-O-sulfate (4,5-dihydroxy-7-(hydroxymethyl)-9,10-dioxo-9,10-dihydroanthracene-2-yl hydrogen sulfate); 6,8-di-O-methylversicolorinA (4-hydroxy-6,8-dimethoxyanthra[2,3-b]furo[3,2-d]furan-5,10(3aH,12aH)-dione); 8-O-Methylaverythrin ((E)-2-(hex-1-en-1-yl)-1,3,6-trihydroxy-8-methoxyanthraquinone); Aversin (4-hydroxy-6,8-dimethoxy-3,3a-dihydroanthra[2,3-b]furo[3,2-d]furan-5,10(2H,12aH)-dione); Aversin ((−)-isomer of (4-hydroxy-6,8-dimethoxy-3,3a-dihydroanthra[2,3-b]furo[3,2-d]furan-5,10(2H,12aH)-dione); Averantin ((S)-1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-2-(1-hydroxyhexyl)anthraquinone); 6-O-Methylaverufin (7,9-dihydroxy-11-methoxy-2-methyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-2,6-epoxyanthra[2,3-b]oxocine-8,13-dione); Nidurufin (5,7,9,11-tetrahydroxy-2-methyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-2,6-epoxyanthra[2,3-b]oxocine-8,13-dione); Averufin (7,9,11-trihydroxy-2-methyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-2,6-epoxyanthra[2,3-b]oxocine-8,13-dione); 1′-O-Methylaverantin (1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-2-(1-methoxyhexyl)anthraquinone); (2S)-2,3-Dihydroxy-propyl-1,6,8-trihydroxy-3-methyl-9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-carboxylate; 7-Chloroaverythrin ((E)-2-chloro-7-(hex-1-en-1-yl)-1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-anthraquinone); 6,8-Di-O-methylversiconol (2-(1,4-dihydroxybutan-2-yl)-1,3-dihydroxy-6,8-dimethoxyanthraquinone); 6,8-Di-O-methylaverufin (7-hydroxy-9,11-dimetho-xy-2-methyl-3,4,5,6-tetra-hydro-2H-2,6-epoxyanthra[2,3-b]oxocine-8,13-dione); 6,8-Di-O-methylnidurufin (5,7-dihydroxy-9,11-dime-thoxy-2-methyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-2,6-epoxyanthra[2,3-b]oxocine-8,13-dione); 1,3-dihydroxy-6,8-dimethoxy-2-(6-methyltetra-hydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)anthracene-9,10-dione; 6,1′-O,O-Dimethylaverantin ((S)-1,3,8-trihydroxy-6-methoxy-2-(1-methoxyhexyl)anthraquinone); Variecolorquinone A ((S)-2,3-dihydroxypropyl 1,6-dihydroxy-8-methoxy-3-methyl-9,10-dioxo-9,10-dihydroanthracene-2-carboxylate); 6,8-Di-O-methylaverantin ((S)-1,3-dihydroxy-2-(1-hydroxyhexyl)-6,8-dimethoxyanthraquinone); 6-O-Methyl-7-chloroaverythrin ((E)-2-chloro-7-(hex-1-en-1-yl)-1,6,8-trihydroxy-3-methoxyanthraquinone); (1′S)-7-Chloroaverantin ((S)-2-chloro-1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-7-(1-hydroxyhexyl)anthraquinone); 6,1′-O,O-Dimethyl-7-chloroaverantin ((S)-2-chloro-1,6,8-trihydroxy-3-methoxy-7-(1-methoxyhexyl)anthraquinone); 6,8,1′-Tri-O-methyl-averantin (1,3-dihydroxy-6,8-dimethoxy-2-(1-methoxyhexyl)anthraquinone); 6-3-O-(Ribofuranosyl)questin (1,6-dihydroxy-6-O-(ribofuranosyl)-8-methoxy-3-methylanthraquinone); 1′-O-methyl-7-chloro averantin ((S)-2-chloro-1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-7-(1-methoxy-hexyl)anthraquinone); 6-O-methyl-7-chloro-averantin ((S)-2-chloro-1,6,8-trihydroxy-7-(1-hydroxyhexyl)-3-methoxyanthraquinone); Averantin-1′-butyl ether ((S)-2-(1-butoxyhexyl)-1,3,6,8-tetrahydroxy-anthraquinone); 7-Chloroaverantin-1′-butyl ether ((S)-2-(1-butoxyhexyl)-7-chloro-1,3,6,8-tetrahy-droxyanthraquinone); 6-O-Methyl-7-bromoaverantin ((S)-2-bromo-1,6,8-trihydroxy-7-(1-hydroxyhexyl)-3-methoxyanthraquinone); 6,1′-O,O-Dimethyl-7-bromoaverantin ((S)-2-bromo-1,6,8-trihydroxy-3-methoxy-7-(1-methoxyhexyl)anthraquinone); Macrosporin2-O-(6′-acetyl)-a-d-glucopyranoside ((2R,3S,4S,5R,6R)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-((8-hydroxy-6-methoxy-3-methyl-9,10-dioxo-9,10-dihydroanthracen-2-yl)oxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)methyl acetate); Penicillanthranin A ((1S,3R,4S)-1-(6-ethyl-1,3,8-trihydroxy-9,10-dioxo-9,10-dihydroanthracene-2-yl)-6,8-dihy-droxy-3,4,5-trimethyliso-chroman-7-carboxylic acid); Penicillanthranin B ((1S,3R,4S)-6,8-dihydroxy-3,4,5-trimethyl-1-(1,3,8-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxy-methyl)-9,10-dioxo-9,10-dihydroanthracene-2-yl)isochroman-7-carboxylic acid); (trans)-R (cis)-Emodin-Physcion bianthrone (2,4,4′,5,5′-pentahydroxy-2′-methoxy-7,7′-dimethyl-[9,9′-bianthracene]-10,10′(9H,9′H)-dione); Alterporriol Q (1′,2,7′,8-tetrahydroxy-3′,6-dimethoxy-3,6′-dimethyl-[1,2′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol R (2,4′,6′,8-tetrahydroxy-2′,6-dimethoxy-3,7′-dimethyl-[1,1′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol V (2,2′,8,8′-tetrahydroxy-6,6′-dimethoxy-3,3′-dimethyl-[1,1′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Cytoskyrin A ((6R,14R,17S,18R,19R,20S)-1,7,9,15,17,20-hexahydroxy-3,11-dimethoxy-6,13a,5a,14-(epibutane[1,2,3,4]tetrayl)cycloocta[1,2-b:5,6-b]dinaphthalene-5,8,13,16(6H,14H)-tetraone); Alterporriol K ((5S,8R)-4,4′,5,7′,8-penta-hydroxy-1,1′-dimethoxy-6′,8-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,2′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol T ((6R,6′S,7R,7′R,8R)-1′,4,6,6′,7,7′,8-heptahydroxy-2,3′-dimethoxy-6′,7-dime-thyl-5,5′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′-octahydro-[1,2′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol L ((6S,7R,8R)-4,4′,6,7,7′,8-hexahydroxy-1,1′-dimethoxy-6′,7-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,2′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol M ((6S,7S,8R)-4,4′,6,7,7′,8-hexahydroxy-1,1′-dimethoxy-6′,7-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[2,2′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol P ((5′R,6′R,7′R)-1′,2,5′,6′,7′,8-hexahydroxy-3′,6-dimethoxy-3,6′-dimethyl-5′,6′,7′,8′,8′a,10′a-hexahydro-[1,2′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol W ((1′R,6R,7R,8R)-2′,4,6,7,8,8′-hexahydroxy-2,6′-dimethoxy-3′,7-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,1′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol U ((6R,6′S,7S,7′R)-1′,4,6,6′,7,7′-hexahydroxy-2,3′-di-methoxy-6′,7-dimethyl-5,5′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′-octahydro-[1,2′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol S ((2′S,3′R,4′S,6R,7S,9′R)-1,2′,3′,4,5′,6,7,8′-octahydroxy-7′-methoxy-2′,4′,7-trimethyl-2′,3′,4′,4′a,5,6,7,8,9′,9′a-decahydro-[2,9′-bianthracene]-9,10,10′(1′H)-trione); (+)-aS-alterporriol C ((1S,5′S,6′R,7′S,8′R)-1′,2,5′,6′,7′,8,8′-heptahydroxy-3′,6-dimethoxy-3,6′-dime-thyl-5′,6′,7′,8′,8′a,10′a-hexahydro-[1,2′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol C ((1S,5′R,6′S,7′R,8′S)-1′,2,5′,6′,7′,8,8′-heptahydroxy-3′,6-dimethoxy-3,6′-dime-thyl-5′,6′,7′,8′,8′a,10′a-hexahydro-[1,2′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol N ((6R,6′R,7R,7′R,8R,8′R)-4,4′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′-octahydroxy-2,2′-dimethoxy-7,7′-dimethyl-5,5′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′-octahydro-[1,1′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol O ((2R,2′R,3S,3′S)-2,2′,3,3′,8,8′-hexahydroxy-6,6′-dimethoxy-3,3′-dimethyl-1,1′,2,2′,3,3′,4,4′-octahydro-[1,1′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Acetylalterporriol D ((1′S,5S,5′S,6R,6′R,7S,7′S,8R,8′R)-4,4′,5,5′,6′,7,7′,8,8′-nonahydroxy-2,2′-dimethoxy-7,7′-dimethyl-9,9′,10,10′-tetraoxo-5,5′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′,9,9′,10,10′-dodecahydro-[1,1′-bianthracene]-6-yl acetate); Acetylalterporriol E ((1′R,5S,5′S,6R,6′R,7S,7′S,8R,8′R)-4,4′,5,5′,6′,7,7′,8,8′-nonahydroxy-2,2′-dimethoxy-7,7′-dimethyl-9,9′,10,10′-tetraoxo-5,5′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′,9,9′,10,10′-dodecahydro-[1,1′-bianthracene]-6-yl acetate); Alterporriol D ((1S,5S,5′S,6R,6′R,7S,7′S,8R,8′R)-4,4′,5,5′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′-decahydroxy-2,2′-dimethoxy-7,7′-dimethyl-5,5′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′-octahy-dro-[1,1′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Alterporriol E ((1R,5S,5′S,6R,6′R,7S,7′S,8R,8′R)-4,4′,5,5′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′-decahydroxy-2,2′-dimethoxy-7,7′-dimethyl-5,5′,6,6′,7,7′,8,8′-octahydro-[1,1′-bianthracene]-9,9′,10,10′-tetraone); Stemphylanthranol A ((5S,5″S,6R,6″R,7S,7″S,8R,8″R)-2′,4,4″,5,5″,6,6″,7,7″,8,8′,8″-dodecahydroxy-2,2″,6′-trimethoxy-3′,7,7″-trimethyl-5,5″,6,6″,7,7″,8,8″-octahydro-[1,1′:5′,1″-teranthracene]-9,9′,9″,10,10′,10″-hexaone); Stemphylanthranol B ((5S,5″R,6R,6″R,7S,7″R,8R,8″R)-2′,4,4″,5,5″,6,7,7″,8,8′,8″-undecahydroxy-2,2″,6′-trimethoxy-3′,6″,7,7″-tetramethyl-5,5″,6,6″,7,7″,8,8″-octahydro-[1,1′:7′,1″-tetranthracene]-9,9′,9″,10,10′,10″-hexaone); 7-Chloroemodic acid; 7-Chloroemodinal; 7-Chloro-1,6,8-trihydroxy-3-methyl-10-anthrone; Damnacanthal (3-hydroxy-1-methoxy-anthraquinone-2-carboxaldehyde); 2,6-dihydroxy-anthraquinone; Austrocortinin (2-methoxy-7-methyl-1,4-dihydroxy-anthraquinone); Danthron (1,8-dihydroxy-anthraquinone); Dermolutein (8-methoxy-3-methyl-1,6-dihydroxy-anthraquinon-2-carboxylic acid); Fallacinal 3-formyl-6-methoxy-1,8-dihydroxy-anthraquinone); Phomarin (3-methyl-1,6-dihydroxy-anthraquinone); Anthragallol (alizarin brown; 1,2,3-trihydroxy-anthraquinone); Citreo-rosein (6-hydroxymethyl-1,3,8-trihydroxy-anthraquinone); Dermoglaucin (3-methyl-1,7,8-trihydroxy-6-methoxy-anthraquinone); Dermorubin (3-methyl-1,4,6-trihydroxy-8-methoxy-anthraquinone-2-carboxylic acid); Endocrocin (3-methyl-1,6,8-trihydroxy-anthraquinone-2-carboxylic acid); Erythroglaucin (3-methyl-1,4,8-trihydroxy-6-methoxy-anthraquinone); Flavo-kermesic acid (Laccaic acid D; 1-methyl-3,6,8-trihydroxy-anthraquinone-2-carboxylic acid); Flavopurpurin (alizarin Y; 1,2,6-trihydroxy-anthraquinone); Islandicin (2-methyl-1,4,5-trihydroxy-anthraquinone); Morindone (6-methyl-1,2,5-trihydroxy-anthraquinone); Rubrocristin (2-methyl-1,4,7-trihydroxy-5-methoxy-anthraquinone); Dermocybin (3-methyl-1,5,7,8-tetrahydroxy-6-methoxy-anthraquinone); and Kermesic acid (8-methyl-1,3,4,6-tetrahydroxy-anthraquinone-7-carboxylic acid); 3-(beta-D-Glucopyranosyloxy)-1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; 3-(6-O-Acetyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; 3-[(2-O-6-Deoxy-alpha-L-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; 3-[(3-O-Acetyl-2-O-6-deoxy-beta-D-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; 3-[(6-O-Acetyl-2-O-6-deoxy-beta-D-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; 3-[(3,6-O-Diacetyl-2-O-6-deoxy-beta-D-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; 3-[(4,6-O-Diacetyl-2-O-6-deoxy-beta-D-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; 3-[(4-O-Acetyl-2-O-6-deoxy-beta-D-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; 3-[(6-O-Acetyl-2-O-beta-D-xylopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-1,6-dihydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; Ruberythric acid (1-Hydroxy-2-[(6-O-beta-D-xylopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-anthraquinone); Lucidin primeveroside (1-Hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-[(6-O-beta-D-xylopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-anthraquinone); 1-Acetyl-3-[(4-O-6-deoxy-beta-D-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-6-hydroxy-2-methyl-anthraquinone; 2-{[(6-O-beta-D-Glucopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]methyl}-11-hydroxy-anthraquinone; 3-[(2-O-6-Deoxy-beta-D-mannopyranosyl-beta-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-1-hydroxy-2-(methoxycarbonyl)-anthraquinone; 3-(beta-D-Glucopyranosyloxy)-2-(hydroxymethyl) anthraquinone; 3-(beta-D-Glucopyranosyloxy)-8-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)-anthraquinone; 2-(beta-D-Glucopyranosyloxy)-1,3-dihydroxy-anthraquinone; and 3-(beta-D-Glucopyranosyloxy)-1-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)-anthraquinone. 
     In another preferred embodiment, the compound selected from Formula (I) or (II) for use in the present invention is one, wherein
     R 1  is selected from the group consisting of   (i) linear or branched, substituted or non-substituted (C 2-6 )alkyl, preferably substituted or non-substituted butyl or pentyl, more preferably,   

     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     most preferably 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
         
         (ii) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterobicycle having 1 nitrogen atom, preferably substituted or non-substituted piperidine, most preferably 
       
    
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
         
         R 1  to R 6 , preferably R 2  to R 6 , are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, Cl, Br, or F,
 
preferably for Formula (I), R 5  is Cl and R 2  to R 4  and R 6  are H or F, more preferably R 3  and R 4  are Cl or F and R 2 , R 5  and R 6  are H or F,
 
preferably for Formula (II), R 4  is Cl or F and R 2 , R 3 , R 5  and R 6  are H or F, more preferably R 2  and R 4  are Cl or F and R 3 , R 5  and R 6  are H or F;
 
         R 7  is selected from the group consisting of 
         (i) —NH 2 , —NH(C 1-10 )alkyl, —OH, —CN, preferably —NH 2  or —OH; 
         (ii) esters of —OH, preferably —O(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —OMe and —OEt, or —O(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl; 
         (iii) —COOH and its ester and amide derivatives, preferably —COO(C 1-10 )alkyl, —COO(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, —COONH 2 , —COON((C 1-10 )alkyl) 2 , or —COONH(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —COOH, —COOMe or COOEt; and 
         (iv) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-6 )heterocycle or (C 7-10 )carbo- or hetero-bicycle having 1 to 3 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S, preferably substituted or non-substituted heterobicycle having 1 nitrogen atom, more preferably isoindoline-1,3-dione, most preferably 
       
    
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
         
         R 8  is —C(═O)NH 2  or —CN; 
         R 9  is selected from the group consisting of 
         (i) —H, -Me, -Et, halogen, preferably F, or —CN; 
         (ii) —COOH and its ester and amide derivatives, preferably, —COO(C 1-10 )alkyl, —COO(C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, —COONH 2 , —COON((C 1-10 )alkyl) 2 , or —COONH(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —COOH, —COOMe or COOEt; 
         (iii) —OH and its ether derivatives, preferably —O(C 1-10 )alkyl, more preferably —OMe and —OEt, or —O(C 3-10 )cycloalkyl; and 
         (iv) substituted or non-substituted (C 3-10 )carbocycle, preferably (C 3 )carbocycle and (C 5-6 )carbocycle, preferably aromatic (C 6 )carbocycle, more preferably non-substituted phenyl or phenyl substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, substituted or non-substituted methyl, preferably —(CF 3 ), ethyl, propyl and cyclopropyl; and/or 
         c is selected from an integer between 0 and 4, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1. 
       
    
     In a further preferred embodiment, the compound selected from Formula (I) or (II) for use in the present invention is selected from the group consisting of 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     The scope of the present invention also includes those analogs of the compounds, anthraquinones or anthraquinone derivatives as described above and in the claims that feature the exchange of one or more carbon-bonded hydrogens, preferably one or more aromatic carbon-bonded hydrogens, with halogen atoms such as F, Cl, or Br, preferably F. The exchange of one or more of the carbon-bonded hydrogens, e.g. by fluorine, can be done, e.g., for reasons of metabolic stability and/or pharmacokinetic and physicochemical properties, as shown in the Examples below. For example, Compound-10 can feature one or more halogen atoms, preferably F, instead of the aromatic carbon-bonded hydrogens in the phenyl ring or instead of the aromatic or non-aromatic carbon-bonded hydrogens in pyridyl-moiety. Also, for example, Compound-1, 2, 7, 8, 9 or Emodin can feature one or more halogen atoms, preferably F, instead of the aromatic carbon-bonded hydrogens. 
     Further and exemplary halogenated compounds for use in all aspects of the present invention include the following: 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     wherein X denotes hydrogen or halogen, preferably fluorine in all possible permutations, preferably 
     
       
         
         
             
             
         
       
     
     In a preferred embodiment, the TOMM6 (Translocase of Outer Membrane 6 kDa subunit homologue)-interacting compound or composition for use in the present invention is one, wherein the nervous system disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of: brain injuries; cerebrovascular diseases; consequences of cerebrovascular diseases; motor neuron disease; dementias; ALS; multiple sclerosis; traumatic brain injury; small-vessel cerebrovascular disease; familial forms of Alzheimer&#39;s Disease; sporadic forms of Alzheimer&#39;s Disease; vascular dementia; subcortical leukoencephalopathy and subcortical atherosclerotic encephalopathy; mixed forms of dementia; M. Parkinson; progressive supranuclear palsy and other forms of atypical parkinsonism; frontotemporal dementia; subcortical dementia; CADASIL (cerebral autosomal dominant arteriopathy with subcortical infarcts and leukoencephalopathy); cerebral palsy; encephalitis lethargica; corticobasal degeneration; multiple system atrophy; chronic traumatic encephalopathy; Lytico-Bodig disease; FTDP-17; Parkinson linked to chromosome-17; diabetic neuropathy; symptoms of depression and depression-related symptoms, preferably anhedonia and anorexia; schizophrenia with dementia; Korsakoff&#39;s psychosis; Lewy Body diseases; progressive supranuclear palsy; corticobasal degeneration; Pick&#39;s disease; Huntington&#39;s disease; thalamic degeneration; Creutzfeld-Jacob disease; HIV Dementia; disorders with mitochondrial dysfunction, preferably neurodegenerative diseases of aging; cognitive-related disorder; mild cognitive impairment; age-associated memory impairment; age-associated cognitive decline; vascular cognitive impairment; central and peripheral symptoms of atherosclerosis and ischemia; atherosclerosis-related cardiovascular diseases; stroke; perivascular disease; renal dysfunction and renal failure; stress-related disorders; attention deficit disorders; attention deficit hyperactivity disorders; and memory disturbances in children. 
     For therapeutic use, the compounds of the invention may be administered in any conventional dosage form in any conventional manner. Routes of administration include, but are not limited to oral, (trans)dermal, topical, nasal, parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular and subcutaneous administration, preferably injections. The preferred modes of administration are oral, nasal, topical, intravenous or subcutaneous. 
     The present invention is also directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a TOMM6 (Translocase of Outer Membrane 6 kDa subunit homologue)-interacting compound or composition for use in the present invention and/or to the use of a TOMM6 (Translocase of Outer Membrane 6 kDa subunit homologue)-interacting compound or composition in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a human nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a central nervous system (CNS) or peripheral nervous system (PNS) disease or disorder, atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection and/or human papilloma virus (HPV) infection. 
     The compounds, compositions or pharmaceutical compositions for use in the invention may be administered alone or in combination with adjuvants that enhance stability of the compounds, facilitate administration of pharmaceutical compositions containing them in certain embodiments, provide increased dissolution or dispersion, increase activity, provide adjunct therapy (e.g. an acetylcholinesterase inhibitor, memantine, a renin-angiotensin system-inhibiting agent such as an ACE inhibitor and/or an AT1 antagonist, and/or an L-type calcium channel inhibitor such as amlodipine), and the like, including other active ingredients. Advantageously such combination therapies utilize lower dosages of the conventional therapeutics, thus avoiding possible toxicity and adverse side effects incurred when those agents are used as monotherapies. The above-described compounds and compositions may be physically combined with conventional therapeutics or other adjuvants into a single pharmaceutical composition. Reference in this regard may be made to Cappola et al.: U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/902,822, PCT/US 01/21860 and U.S. provisional application No. 60/313,527, each incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. Advantageously, the compounds or compositions may then be administered together in a single dosage form. In some embodiments, the (pharmaceutical) compositions comprising such combinations of compounds contain at least about 5%, but more preferably at least about 20%, of a compound for use in the present invention (w/w). The optimum percentage (w/w) of a compound of the invention may vary and is within the purview of those skilled in the art. Alternatively, the compounds may be administered separately (either serially or in parallel). Separate dosing allows for greater flexibility in the dosing regime. 
     As mentioned above, dosage forms of the compounds described herein include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and adjuvants known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Methods for preparing such dosage forms are known (see, for example, H. C. Ansel and N. G. Popovish, Pharmaceutical  Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems,  5 th  ed., Lea and Febiger (1990)). Dosage levels and requirements are well-recognized in the art and may be selected by those of ordinary skill in the art from available methods and techniques suitable for a particular patient. In some embodiments, dosage levels range from 1-500 mg/dose for a 70 kg patient. Although one dose per day may be sufficient, up to 5 doses per day may be given. For oral doses, up to 2500 mg/day may be required. Reference in this regard may also be made to U.S. provisional application No. 60/339,249. As the skilled artisan will appreciate, lower or higher doses may be required depending on particular factors. For instance, specific doses and treatment regimens will depend on factors such as the patient&#39;s general health profile, the severity and course of the patient&#39;s disorder or disposition thereto, and the judgment of the treating physician. 
     In a further aspect, the present invention is directed to a method for the therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of a nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a central nervous system disorder or a peripheral nervous system disorder, atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection and/or human papilloma virus (HPV) infection in a patient, preferably a mammal, preferably a rodent, mouse, dog, primate, or human patient, the method comprising the step of administering a therapeutically and/or prophylactically effective amount of a TOMM6 (Translocase of Outer Membrane 6 kDa subunit homologue)-interacting compound or composition for use in the present invention to a patient in need of such treatment. 
     In a preferred embodiment, the method of therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of the present invention is one, wherein the nervous system disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of: brain injuries; cerebrovascular diseases; consequences of cerebrovascular diseases; motor neuron disease; dementias; ALS; multiple sclerosis; traumatic brain injury; small-vessel cerebrovascular disease; familial forms of Alzheimer&#39;s Disease; sporadic forms of Alzheimer&#39;s Disease; vascular dementia; subcortical leukoencephalopathy and subcortical atherosclerotic encephalopathy; mixed forms of dementia; M. Parkinson; progressive supranuclear palsy and other forms of atypical parkinsonism; frontotemporal dementia; subcortical dementia; CADASIL (cerebral autosomal dominant arteriopathy with subcortical infarcts and leukoencephalopathy); cerebral palsy; encephalitis lethargica; corticobasal degeneration; multiple system atrophy; chronic traumatic encephalopathy; Lytico-Bodig disease; FTDP-17; Parkinson linked to chromosome-17; diabetic neuropathy; symptoms of depression and depression-related symptoms, preferably anhedonia and anorexia; schizophrenia with dementia; Korsakoff&#39;s psychosis; Lewy Body diseases; progressive supranuclear palsy; corticobasal degeneration; Pick&#39;s disease; Huntington&#39;s disease; thalamic degeneration; Creutzfeld-Jacob disease; HIV Dementia; disorders with mitochondrial dysfunction, preferably neurodegenerative diseases of aging; cognitive-related disorder; mild cognitive impairment; age-associated memory impairment; age-associated cognitive decline; vascular cognitive impairment; central and peripheral symptoms of atherosclerosis and ischemia; atherosclerosis-related cardiovascular diseases; stroke; perivascular disease; stress-related disorders; attention deficit disorders; attention deficit hyperactivity disorders; and memory disturbances in children, preferably a neurodegenerative disease, Alzheimer&#39;s disease, a severe form of dementia and/or a disease with mitochondrial dysfunction. 
     In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition, preferably a compound or composition for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a nervous system disease or disorder, atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection and/or human papillomavirus (HPV) infection, which modifies TOMM6 function and/or activity, the method comprising the steps of:
     (i) providing a TOMM6 or TOMM6 homolog protein, preferably in the form of a homogenized cell solubilisate, preferably prepared from the frontal cortex or hippocampus of a mammalian animal, more preferably prepared from AD (Alzheimer&#39;s disease) model Tg2576 mice;   (ii) addition of a compound or composition of interest to the TOMM6 or TOMM6 homolog under physiological conditions, preferably in a physiological buffer with a physiological salt composition mimicking the ionic composition of blood, that allow for the interaction of the compound of interest with the TOMM6 or TOMM6 homolog; and   (iii) identifying the absence or presence of an interaction of the compound of interest with the TOMM6 or TOMM6 homolog.   

     The compound or composition of interest for use in the methods described herein can be any chemical synthetic or biological compound that is to be investigated with regard to its interaction with TOMM6. The term “identifying the absence or presence of an interaction” encompasses the determination whether the compound or composition (i) directly or indirectly binds to TOMM6 and thus stabilizes and/or enhances its physiological activity, preferably vs. an untreated control (as can be determined, e.g., in the assay of Example 9 below), and/or (ii) induces the expression (increases the protein content) of TOMM6 in a cell, preferably vs. an untreated control (as can be preferably determined in an immunoblot assay, e.g. using TOMM6 antibodies, e.g. as described in Example 13 below). 
     The term “TOMM6 homolog”, as used herein, describes homologs of TOMM6 with TOMM6 activity that comprise, preferably consist of an amino acid sequence having a sequence identity of at least 85%, preferably 90%, more preferably 95% most preferably 98% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of, preferably human or rodent TOMM6, preferably sequence identity with the amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 2 and 3. 
     The term “physiological conditions” as used herein means any assay conditions that will allow for the interaction, e.g. direct or indirect binding and/or induction of the expression of TOMM6, of the compound or composition of interest with TOMM6 or a TOMM6 homolog. Exemplary and non-limiting physiological conditions can be found below and in the Examples, e.g. in Example 9, 10 and 13. 
     Preferably, and as an example for step (i) of the above method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition, the TOMM6 or TOMM6 homolog protein can be isolated from an organ specimen, cells (including non-eukaryotic cells, e.g. bacteria, yeast), or organoids with TOMM6 or TOMM6 homolog expression (both referred to as TOMM6). Preferably a brain specimen from a mammalian organism, preferably a rodent organism, preferably a rat or mouse, preferably a mouse, preferably a transgenic mouse, without or with (transgenic) expression of TOMM6, preferably expression in neurons is used as source of TOMM6. For neuronal expression, TOMM6 expression can placed under control of a neuron-specific promoter including but not limited to the tyrosine hydroxylase promoter (Thy1.2 regulatory element) or a prion protein promoter, preferably a prion protein promoter, more preferably the hamster prion protein promoter. Neuronal and/or cellular expression of TOMM6 can also be achieved by expression of TOMM6 under control of the CMV promoter (cytomegalovirus immediate-early promoter/enhancer), or the ubiquitous actin promoter, preferably the CAG promoter consisting of (C) the human cytomegalovirus (HCMV) early enhancer, (A) the promoter consisting of the first non-translated exon and the 5′-part of the first intron of the chicken beta-actin promoter and (G) the 3′-part of the second intron and the 5′-part of the third exon of the rabbit beta-globin gene. Transgenic expression of TOMM6 can be achieved by generation of a transgenic organism by established techniques, and/or by systemic viral delivery, which, for example, includes but is not limited to a lentivirus or an adeno-associated virus (AAV), preferably AAV-1, AAV-5 and AAV-9 for neuron-specific expression and AAV-rh10 for neuronal and glial cell expression. The method can also be performed with endogenously expressed TOMM6. The method can also apply an AD model without or with additional expression of TOMM6. One AD model expresses an APP (amyloid precursor protein) mutant isolated from a familial AD (FAD) case, preferably the APPSwe mutation (APP 695 isoform, KM670/671NL) under control of a neuron-specific promoter including but not limited to the tyrosine hydroxylase promoter (Thy1.2 regulatory element) or a mouse or hamster prion protein promoter, preferably a prion protein promoter, more preferably the hamster prion protein promoter. An AD model can express additional dementia-associated proteins to enhance disease progression, which include but are not limited to PS1M146V, and/or Tau P301L. The preferred AD model is Tg2576 mice. The method preferably uses specimens prepared from frontal cortex or more preferably hippocampus. Specimens are isolated from AD model mice without or with stable (transgenic) TOMM6 expression, aged 0-24 months, preferably 16-20 months, more preferably 18 months. Depending on experiment size, hippocampi can be isolated from several mice (up to several hundreds). A small-scale experiment preferably uses 5-10 aged Tg2576 mice. After PBS perfusion of anesthetized mice, brains can be isolated, and hippocampi can be rapidly dissected on ice and frozen in liquid nitrogen. In addition to mice, the method can also apply organoids, cells, including but not limited to standard cell lines available e.g. from ATCC, such as COS1, COS7, NIH-3T3, BHK, CHO, HEK cells, preferably HEK cells with low endogenous or exogenous TOMM6 overexpression. Likewise, TOMM6-expressing cells can also be insect cells (e.g.  Spodoptera frugiperda  (Sf9), Sf21, Highfive® cells). Typically (but not restricted to), expression in insect cells applies a baculovirus-based expression of TOMM6 or a TOMM6 variant (e.g. by the Bac-to-Bac Baculovirus expression system; ThermoFisher Scientific) in the pFast Bac1 expression plasmid (Invitrogen). The term “Cells” also includes bacteria (e.g.  E. coli  BL21 (DE3), BL21 (DE3) pLysS/E) expressing the TOMM6 protein (or a TOMM6 variant), e.g. under control of (but not restricted to) the strong bacteriophage T7 promoter and translation signals. A typical T7 promoter-based T7 expression system applies the pET series of plasmids (originally developed by Studier et al., Methods Enzymol. 185, 60-89, 1990; available from Novagen®, EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany). The disclosed method also identifies the TOMM6-compound interaction in vitro with purified TOMM6 protein isolated from TOMM6-expressing eukaryotic cells, insect cells and non-eukaryotic cells, e.g. bacteria. After cell/bacterial lysis, affinity purification of the expressed TOMM6 protein (or TOMM6 variant) can be performed by affinity chromatography with TOMM6-specific antibodies or any other immunological and non-immunological purification method, e.g. based on purification with an affinity tag attached to the N-terminal, C-terminal or any internal site of TOMM6 (or TOMM6 variant). Attachment of the tag to TOMM6 (or TOMM6 variant) is typically performed by recombinant DNA technology. For example, the 6× His-tag allows protein purification by e.g. Ni-NTA affinity chromatography. Transient or stable cellular overexpression of TOMM6 in eukaryotic cells can be performed by a standard transfection protocol with a TOMM6 expression plasmid (or an expression plasmid with a TOMM6 variant, e.g. with a tag attached to the N-terminal, C-terminal or any internal site of TOMM6 to simplify affinity purification; such a tag can be but is not restricted to 6× His-tag, 8-His-tag, GST-tag, HA-tag, FLAG-tag enabling affinity purification), preferably a plasmid, which directs TOMM6 expression under control of a ubiquitous promoter, preferably the CMV promoter or the ubiquitous actin promoter, preferably the CAG promoter consisting of (C) the human cytomegalovirus (HCMV) early enhancer, (A) the promoter consisting of the first non-translated exon and the 5′-part of the first intron of the chicken beta-actin promoter and (G) the 3′-part of the second intron and the 5′-part of the third exon of the rabbit beta-globin gene. For example, dissected hippocampi, organoids, organs, brain specimens and cells comprising TOMM6 (hereafter grouped and together referred to as hippocampi) can be homogenized. Frozen hippocampi can be homogenized mechanically or manually at a temperature ranging from, e.g., −210° C. to +30° C., preferably under liquid nitrogen (temperature −210° C.-196° C.). Fresh or frozen cell pellets can be solubilized directly. For example, solubilization of homogenized hippocampi, fresh or frozen cell pellets can be accomplished as follows. Proteins from frozen powdered hippocampi or cells can be extracted for 15 min-120 min, preferably 30 min at 4° C.-24° C. preferably at 4° C. with any standard solubilisation/extraction buffer. Such a standard solubilisation buffer can be (but is not restricted to) RIPA (radioimmunoprecipitation assay) buffer, which, for example, can feature but is not restricted to the following composition: sodium deoxycholate at a concentration of 0.1%-2%, preferably 1%, SDS at a concentration of 0.05%-2%, preferably 0.1%, NP40 (IGEPAL) ranging from 0.01%-0.5%, preferably 0.1%, EDTA, EGTA or other divalent cation chelator ranging from 0 mM to 20 mM, preferably 5 mM, Tris ranging from 5 mM-500 mM, preferably 50 mM with a pH ranging from pH6-pH10, preferably pH 8.0) supplemented without or with additional salts (e.g. NaCl ranging from 0-500 mM) to modify ionic strength. The extraction buffer can also use chaotropic salts to simplify protein extraction, e.g. guanidinium thiocyanate ranging from 0-5 M, preferably 4M, guanidine hydrochloride or urea ranging from 0-8 M, preferably 8 M. Such an extraction buffer can be supplemented without or with 25 mM sodium citrate (pH 7.0), 0.5% N-lauroylsarcosine, 0.1% 2-mercaptoethanol (added freshly). Another exemplary extraction buffer, which is, e.g. suitable to extract TOMM6 proteins (and TOMM6 variants) from insect cells for further affinity chromatography purification is composed, e.g. of 300 mM NaCl, 50 mM HEPES; pH 7.5 and supplemented with 1% NP40 and protease inhibitor cocktail. A typical protein extraction buffer to extract TOMM6 proteins (and TOMM6 variants) from bacteria BL21(DE3)pLysS for further affinity chromatography of 6× His-TOMM6 by Ni-NTA chromatography is composed of 8 M urea, 300 mM NaCl, 50 mM HEPES, 10 mM imidazole, pH 7.5. Other exemplary buffers suitable for extraction include but are not restricted to PBS, PIPES, HEPES, or bicine, with a pH varying from pH 5-pH 10, preferably pH 6-9, supplemented with any state of the art detergent (anionic, cationic, non-ionic, zwitterionic). For example, suitable detergents or mixtures thereof include but are not limited to CHAPS, CHAPSO, NP40, N-lauroylsarcosine, C7BzO, ASB-14, n-Dodecyl beta-D-maltoside, Octyl beta-D-glucopyranoside, Octyl beta-D1-thioglucopyranoside, Polyoyethylene 10 tridecyl ether, Brij® 56, Triton X-100, 3-(Decyldimethylammonio)propanesulfonate inner salt. For example, for protein extraction any commercially available protein extraction buffer or kit can be used such as but not restricted to T-PER Tissue Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), M-PER Mammalian Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), Pierce IP Lysis buffer, any protein extraction kit from SigmaAldrich (PROTMEM, PROTTWO, PROTOT) supplemented with any state of the art cocktail of protease/phosphatase inhibitors (e.g. Cat. No. P8349, and/or PPC1010, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA). Solubilization can be enhanced by sonification. It is preferred to remove particulate material after solubilisation. Methods for the removal of insoluble material include but are not limited to filtration or centrifugation at 5 000×g-100 000×g, preferably 50 000×g for 1-120 min, preferably 20 min at 4° C.-30° C., preferably 4° C. It may be further desirable to dilute the solubilisate, for example, diluting the supernatant solubilisate by 1:1-1:20, preferably 1:5, in a suitable buffer as described above (preferably supplemented with protease inhibitors). 
     Preferably, and as an example for step (ii) of the above method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition, the compound or composition of interest suspected of possibly interacting with TOMM6 can be added to TOMM6, preferably in the form of a solubilisate, under physiological conditions that allow for the interaction of the compound of interest with TOMM6. For example, to a diluted solubilisate as described above the compound of interest, e.g. a compound or composition for use in the present invention, e.g. Compound-1, as described in the Examples, can be added at a concentration of 1-1000 microM, preferably of 10-20 microM. 
     Preferably, and as an example for step (iii) of the above method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition, the absence or presence of an interaction of the compound or composition of interest with the TOMM6 or TOMM6 homologue, can be identified by any suitable method. For example, if Tris buffer was not used as incubation buffer, the buffer can be exchanged into Tris buffer for subsequent SDS-PAGE. For example, the concentration of Tris may range between 10 to 100 mM Tris, preferably 20 mM Tris, between pH 6-10, preferably pH 7.4. And the exchange method may be any suitable method, for example, dialysis, gel filtration or centrifugation, preferably over Centrifugal Filter Units, preferably Amicon Ultra Centrifugal Filter Units (with a MWCO 3 kDa; EMD Millipore Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany). For protein separation by, e.g. SDS-PAGE, SDS-PAGE, Laemmli sample buffer or sample buffer for native gel electrophoresis can be added. According to the original protocol, SDS-PAGE Laemmli sample buffer contains 2% SDS, 5% mercaptoethanol. If SDS-PAGE is performed under non-reducing conditions, mercaptoethanol can be omitted. To improve disaggregation of aggregated proteins, the buffer can be supplemented with urea ranging from 1 M-8 M, preferably about 6 M urea. Solubilized proteins in SDS-PAGE Laemmli sample buffer can be incubated for 10 min-24 h, preferably 90 min at room temperature. For native electrophoresis a suitable buffer can be used without SDS. For separation of proteins one- or two-dimensional SDS-PAGE can be applied. For example, solubilized proteins can be subjected to 7-15%, preferably 8% SDS-PAGE under reducing conditions supplemented without or with 1-8 M urea, preferably 6-8 M. As alternative, two-dimensional gel electrophoresis or native gel electrophoresis is also suitable. After separation of proteins, electrophoretic protein transfer can be performed to a suitable membrane, which can be but is not restricted to a PVDF membrane or a nitrocellulose membrane, preferably a PVDF membrane in a transfer cell, preferably a tank transfer cell (e.g. Mini Trans-Blot cell, Bio-Rad GmbH, Munchen, Germany) or a semi-dry transfer cell (e.g. Trans-Blot® SD Semi-Dry Transfer Cell, Bio-Rad GmbH Munchen, Germany). In the case that the compounds of interest are colored compounds, e.g. the compounds or compositions for use in the present invention, e.g. Compound 1 in the Examples, or other coloured anthraquinone-derivatives, they can be directly identified as TOMM6-interacting by co-migration with TOMM6. Alternatively, a compound or composition of interest can be rendered easily identifiable by labeling the compound, for example, with a radiolabel (e.g.  3 H,  125 I,  35 S,  33 S,  14 C), a dye, e.g. a fluorescent dye (e.g. the BODIPY series fluorescent dyes). For example, subsequent detection may involve autoradiography, or UV-light detection, as applicable. If the compound or composition of interest forms part of a composition that comprises further compounds and/or proteins, e.g. forms part of a partially purified originally cell-based composition, preferably a homogenized and solubilized originally cell-based composition, the further TOMM6-non-binding proteins in the composition may be identified as additional binding partners for the compound of interest. For example, further TOMM6-non-binding proteins can be identified by nano-LC-ES-MS/MS. Protein bands with co-migration of the compound of interest can be cut out and be subjected to nano-LC-ES-MS/MS (performed e.g. by Proteome Factory AG, Berlin, Germany). Proteins can be identified using MS/MS ion search of the Mascot search engine (e.g. Matrix Science, London, England) and nr protein database (National Center for Biotechnology Information, Bethesda, Md.). Ion charge in search parameters for ions from ESI-MS/MS data acquisition can be set to ‘1+, 2+, or 3+’ according to the common charge state distribution for the instrument and the method. 
     The preferred general method of TOMM6 detection is by a standard immunological method, preferably immunoblotting after electrophoretic transfer of proteins to a membrane by Western blotting. Alternative preferred immunological methods for TOMM6 detection are by ELISA, immunohistology, immunofluorescence, fluorescence microscopy, Vertico-SMI, STED-microscopy, 3D-SIM microscopy, photoactivated-localization microscopy, fluorescence-activated cell sorting, flow cytometry, and electron microscopy. For immunological detection, an antibody (e.g. polyclonal, monoclonal, from mouse, rabbit, any species including single-domain antibodies from cameloids, sharks) against TOMM6 is preferably used. Preferably, the antibody is raised in rabbit, or mouse against full-length recombinant TOMM6 protein. Alternatively, an antibody against TOMM6 can be raised against a peptide sequence of TOMM6 (10-20 amino acids, up to 30-40 amino acids) or a recombinant fusion protein, or the recombinant full-length TOMM6 protein. An antibody recognition epitope is typically 5-7 amino acids in length. Antibodies against TOMM6 can also be isolated from a phage display antibody library by panning with purified recombinant TOMM6 protein. Another preferred detection of the TOMM6-compound-interaction and their kinetics in vitro, is also by non-immunological (label-free) techniques, e.g. based on surface-plasmon resonance (SPR) analysis of protein-small molecule interactions, e.g. with a BiaCore system (GE Healthcare). 
     A further preferred method of TOMM6 detection is by Western blotting. A protein lysate is prepared from any cell, organ, organoids, whole organisms, preferably from brain, more preferably from the hippocampus. A preferred disease model for AD is the Tg2576 AD mouse model. Another preferred system for TOMM6 protein detection are cells. TOMM6 protein detection can be performed with any cell including insect cells and bacteria, preferably a human cell or biopsy specimen isolated from healthy or diseased individuals. Preferred human specimens are HEK cells, human peripheral blood and/or total circulating blood cells and/or a cell fraction isolated thereof, which can be platelets, mononuclear cells, leucocytes, erythrocytes and/or polymorphonuclear cells. For immunoblot detection of proteins, preferably the Tomm6/TOMM6 protein, tissue, biopsy specimen, cultured cells, blood cells, or hippocampal tissue (fresh or frozen tissue or cells, preferably frozen) is/are homogenized (mechanically, manually) at a temperature ranging from −210° C. to +30° C., preferably under liquid nitrogen (temperature −210° C.-−196° C.), and extracted for 15 min-120 min, preferably for 30 min at 4° C.-24° C. preferably at 4° C. with any standard solubilisation/protein extraction buffer. Such a standard solubilisation/protein extraction buffer can be but is not restricted to RIPA (radioimmunoprecipitation assay) buffer, which can be but is not restricted to the following composition: sodium deoxycholate at a concentration of 0.1%-2%, preferably 1%, SDS at a concentration ranging between 0.05% to 2%, preferably 0.1%, NP40 (IGEPAL) ranging from 0.01% to 0.5%, preferably 0.1%, EDTA, EGTA or another divalent cation chelator ranging from 0 mM to 20 mM, preferably 5 mM, Tris ranging from 5 mM to 500 mM, preferably 50 mM with a pH ranging from pH6 to pH10, preferably pH 8.0, supplemented without or with additional salts (e.g. NaCl ranging from 0-500 mM) to modify ionic strength. The extraction buffer can also use chaotropic salts for protein extraction, e.g. guanidinium thiocyanate ranging from 0-5 M, preferably 4M, guanidine hydrochloride or urea ranging from 0-8 M, preferably 8 M. Such an extraction buffer can be supplemented without or with 25 mM sodium citrate (pH 7.0), 0.5% N-lauroylsarcosine, 0.1% 2-mercaptoethanol (added freshly). Another exemplary extraction buffer can be composed, e.g. of 300 mM NaCl, 50 mM HEPES; pH 7.5 and supplemented with 1% NP40 and protease inhibitor cocktail. Another standard protein extraction buffer for TOMM6 extraction is composed of 8 M urea, 300 mM NaCl, 50 mM HEPES, 10 mM imidazole, pH 7.5. Any other buffer (PBS, PIPES, HEPES, bicine, but not restricted to these), with a pH varying from pH 5-pH 10, preferably pH 6-9, supplemented with any state of the art detergent (anionic, cationic, non-ionic, zwitterionic) is also suitable for extraction. Other suitable detergents or mixtures thereof include but are not limited to CHAPS, CHAPSO, NP40, N-lauroylsarcosine, C7BzO, ASB-14, n-Dodecyl beta-D-maltoside, Octyl beta-D-glucopyranoside, Octyl beta-D1-thioglucopyranoside, Polyoyethylene 10 tridecyl ether, Brij® 56, Triton X-100, 3-(Decyldimethylammonio)-propanesulfonate inner salt. As an alternative to the buffers described above, any commercially available protein extraction buffer (non-denaturing or denaturing) or kit can be used for protein extraction, which includes (but is not restricted to) the following examples: T-PER Tissue Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), M-PER Mammalian Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), Pierce IP Lysis buffer, a protein extraction kit from SigmaAldrich (PROT-MEM, PROTTWO, PROTOT). The used protein extraction buffer is routinely-supplemented with any state of the art cocktail of protease/phosphatase inhibitors (e.g. Cat. No. P8349, and/or PPC1010, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA). In case of cells, direct solubilisation/protein extraction of fresh or frozen cell pellets is also possible without prior homogenization. In addition, prior enrichment of mitochondria from tissue specimens or cells by a standard method, which can include (but is not restricted to) density-gradient centrifugation (generated by density media, e.g. Ficoll, Percoll, Nycodenz, Iodixanol or sucrose) can be performed prior to protein solubilisation. Protein solubilisation can be enhanced by sonification. Particulate material is removed. Methods for the removal of insoluble materials include but are not limited to filtration or centrifugation at 5 000×g-100 000×g, preferably 50 000×g for 1-120 min, preferably 20 min at 4° C.-30° C., preferably 4° C. Solubilized proteins can be used directly for Tomm6/TOMM6 protein detection, or proteins are further concentrated. Concentration of proteins can be performed by precipitation with a suitable solvent, which can be but is not limited to TCA, ethanol, isopropanol, acetone/methanol. Preferably the method applies a mixture of ice-cold acetone/methanol, preferably 12:2, added to a final concentration of 60-95%, preferably 83% for at least &gt;5 min up to an indefinite time preferably 90 min at a temperature ranging between −210° C. to 4° C., preferably 4° C. Any other method of protein concentration is also suitable. For example, protein concentration can also be achieved by centrifugation over a protein concentration cartridge, which can be but is not restricted to Amicon Ultracentrifugal filter units, MWCO 3 kDa, (Millipore). For protein separation by SDS-PAGE (Laemmli system), the protein pellet is dissolved in SDS-PAGE sample buffer supplemented with SDS. The standard SDS-PAGE Laemmli sample buffer contains 2% SDS, 0.1 M DTT (or 5% mercaptoethanol). To improve disaggregation of aggregated proteins, the buffer is supplemented without or with urea ranging from 0 M-8 M, preferably 6 M urea and incubated for 10 min to 24 h, preferably 90 min at room temperature. Proteins can be stored frozen (-210° C.-20° C.) at a concentration ranging from 0.01-100 mg/ml, preferably 0.5 mg-1 mg/ml, for further use. Immunoblot detection of proteins can be performed with antibodies, derivatives, fragments or analogs thereof, preferably with affinity-purified antibodies or F(ab) 2  fragments of the respective antibodies or antibody analogs after separation of proteins by denaturing SDS-PAGE (7.5%-20%, preferably 10-15%) supplemented without or with urea, preferably with urea (6-8 M, preferably 8M) under reducing conditions and electrophoretic protein transfer to a suitable membrane, which can be but is not restricted to a PVDF membrane or a nitrocellulose membrane, preferably PVDF membrane in a transfer cell, preferably a tank transfer cell (e.g. Mini Trans-Blot cell, Bio-Rad GmbH, Munchen, Germany). Bound antibodies are visualized with secondary enzyme-coupled antibodies, more preferably F(ab) 2  fragments of enzyme-coupled (preferably peroxidase-coupled) secondary antibodies (e.g. Dianova GmbH, Hamburg, Germany), which are pre-absorbed to mouse and/or human serum proteins, and followed by enhanced chemiluminescent detection (e.g. with ECL Plus, and/or ECL Prime, Amersham, GE Healthcare Life Sciences, Glattbrugg, Switzerland). An alternative is the detection by enzyme-coupled protein A or G (e.g. EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), which is also followed by enhanced chemiluminescent detection. Another alternative is the direct labeling of the primary or secondary antibody or the protein A or G with a radiolabel (preferably  125 I). 
     To control for equal protein loading, a control protein can be detected. A standard loading control involves detection of a house-keeping protein, e.g. actin, tubulin, Gapdh. Also, detection of Gnb (i.e. the Gbeta subunit of heterotrimeric G-proteins) can be an alternative loading control. For quantitation of mitochondrial proteins, detection of a mitochondrial protein is performed, preferably Atp6v1a/ATP6V1A, which is the ATPase H+ Transporting V1 subunit A. Due to signal amplification, visualization of bound primary antibody by a secondary antibody is the preferred method of detection. 
     Alternative detection methods for TOMM6 are based on any TOMM6-interacting compound or composition, e.g. a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition for use in the present invention, a synthetic antibody, an antibody fragment (synthetic or native), a peptide, a protein, an enzyme, which is labeled for further detection. If the TOMM6-interacting compound or composition is not labeled, detection can be performed by a secondary detection reaction (see above). Labeling of the TOMM6-interacting compound or composition can be performed by a radiolabel (e.g.  3 H,  125 I,  35 S,  33 S,  14 C), or a non-radioactive method, e.g. an enzyme (e.g. peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase), biotin, fluorescent label (e.g. FITC, TRITC, ALEXA Fluor Dyes), colloidal gold particles, any other chemical dye, a protein or a fluorescent protein, which is attached by chemical crosslinking or fusion of the DNA. Examples for fluorescent proteins include but are not limited to the green fluorescent protein and variants thereof (e.g. EYFP, EGFP, Cerulean, ECFP, mCherry fluorescent protein; HyPer; RoGFP; rxYFPM PROPS, VSFP, zoanFP). By similar methods a short peptide Tag (e.g. HA, FLAG) can be attached to allow visualization and/or quantification of TOMM6. Other possible labeling methods for a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition also include the SNAP-Tag® or the CLIP-Tag® technology (New England Biolabs, Biotechnology, USA). 
     A preferred method also includes quantitation of TOMM6 by secondary detection of the TOMM6-interacting compound or composition with a secondary entity, which interacts with the primary TOMM6-interacting compound or composition. The secondary interacting entity (e.g. protein/compound) can be similarly modified as detailed above for the primary TOMM6-interacting compound or composition 
     Another alternative preferred detection method for TOMM6 is based on direct labeling of TOMM6 by a radiolabel (e.g.  3 H,  125 I,  35 S,  14 C), or a non-radioactive method, e.g. an enzyme (e.g. peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase), biotin, fluorescent label (e.g. FITC, TRITC, ALEXA Fluor Dyes), colloidal gold particles, any other chemical dye, a protein or a fluorescent protein, which is attached by chemical crosslinking or fusion of the DNA. Examples for fluorescent proteins include but are not limited to the green fluorescent protein and variants thereof (e.g. EYFP, Cerulean, ECFP, mCherry fluorescent protein; HyPer; RoGFP; rxYFPM PROPS, VSFP, zoanFP). By similar methods, a short peptide Tag (e.g. HA, FLAG, 6×-His) can be attached, to allow visualization and/or quantification of TOMM6. Other possible direct labeling methods for TOMM6 include but are not limited to the SNAP-Tag® or the CLIP-Tag® technology (New England Biolabs, Biotechnology, USA). 
     Another preferred method for detection of the TOMM6-compound-interaction after purification of TOMM6 (or a TOMM6 variant) by affinity chromatography is by a non-immunological (label-free) technique, e.g. based on surface-plasmon resonance (SPR) analysis, e.g. with a BiaCore system (GE Healthcare Life Sciences).). Any other label-free technique, which measures TOMM6 (Tomm6 variant)-small molecule interactions with electrical methods is also suitable for practicing the above method. 
     Another preferred method also includes quantitation of TOMM6 by determination of gene expression level by state of the art methods: e.g. Northern blotting, microarray gene expression analysis, transcriptome sequencing. 
     In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition, preferably a compound or composition for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a nervous system disease or disorder, atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection and/or human papillomavirus (HPV) infection, which modifies TOMM6 and TOMM6 homolog protein amounts, the method comprising the following steps:
     (i) providing isolated cells or isolated tissue, preferably isolated cells or tissue derived from the group of cells and tissues consisting of mammalian frontal cortex or hippocampus, mammalian brain, peripheral or circulating mammalian blood cells, human HEK cells, and AD (Alzheimer&#39;s disease) model Tg2576 mice, a non-human mammal, or a transgenic disease animal model, preferably Tg2576 mice;   (ii) optionally providing a control group of step (i) not to be contacted with a TOMM6- and/or TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition;   (iii) contacting the isolated cells, isolated tissue, non-human mammal, or a transgenic disease animal model of step (i) with a TOMM6- and/or TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition, preferably a TOMM6- and/or TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition for use in the present invention in a physiologically effective concentration under physiological conditions suitable for the interaction of the interacting compound or composition;   (iv) contacting the mixture of isolated cells, isolated tissue, non-human mammal, or a transgenic disease animal model and the TOMM6- and/or TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition of step (iii) with a quantifying agent specifically binding to TOMM6 protein and TOMM6 homologue protein under physiological conditions suitable for the specific binding of TOMM6 protein and TOMM6 homologue protein to the quantifying agent, preferably a quantifying agent selected from the group consisting of an antibody, an antibody fragment, antibody derivative or analogue, and a TOMM6- or TOMM6 homolog-binding compound for use in the present invention, more preferably a labeled compound;   (v) optionally also contacting the control group of step (ii) with the quantifying agent of step (iv) under the same physiological conditions; and   (vi) determining the amount of quantifying agent bound specifically to the TOMM6 protein and TOMM6 homologue protein, optionally versus the control.   

     The term “physiologically effective concentration” as used herein refers to any concentration of a given compound, e.g. a TOMM6- and/or TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition, which brings about the physiological effects of this compound or composition, e.g. as determined in the Examples. The term “physiological conditions suitable” was defined above, and examples for physiologically suitable conditions are given throughout the description in the context of any method, wherein the interaction of an interacting compound or composition with TOMM6 is investigated. 
     The terms “an antibody fragment, antibody derivative or analogue” refer to any antibody-based molecule that is capable of specifically binding to a given target, preferably refer to any antibody-based molecule that is a functional antibody fragment, functional derivative or functional analogue of an antibody. A very convenient exemplary antibody fragment for targeting applications are single-domain nanobodies (VHH) derived from heavy chain only antibodies (as identified e.g. in camelids), or the single-chain Fv fragment, in which a variable heavy and a variable light domain are joined together by a polypeptide linker. Other antibody fragments for targeting applications include Fab fragments, Fab2 fragments, miniantibodies (also called small immune proteins), tandem scFv-scFv fusions, as well as scFv fusions with suitable domains (e.g. with the Fc portion of an immunoglobulin). For a review on certain antibody formats, see Holliger P, Hudson P J.; Engineered antibody fragments and the rise of single domains. Nat Biotechnol. 2005 September, 23(9):1126-36. Review. 
     The term “antibody derivative or analog” of an antibody for use in the present invention is meant to include any functional antibody or fragment thereof that has been chemically modified in its amino acid sequence, e.g. by addition, substitution and/or deletion of amino acid residue(s) and/or has been chemically modified in at least one of its atoms and/or functional chemical groups, e.g. by additions, deletions, rearrangement, oxidation, reduction, etc. as long as the derivative has substantially the same binding affinity to the corresponding antigen and, preferably, has a dissociation constant in the micro-, nano- or picomolar range. 
     In a preferred embodiment, the antibody, fragment, derivative or analogue thereof according to the invention is one, that is selected from the group consisting of polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies, CDR-grafted antibodies, FV-fragments, Fab-fragments and Fab 2 -fragments and antibody-like binding proteins. 
     Preferably for step (i) of the above method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition which modifies TOMM6 and TOMM6 homolog protein amounts, mammalian cells may be a rodent, canine or human cell, or a biopsy specimen isolated from healthy or diseased individuals. Preferred specimen are peripheral blood cells and/or (total) circulating blood cells and/or a cell fraction isolated thereof, e.g. platelets, mononuclear cells, leucocytes, erythrocytes and/or polymorphonuclear cells. The method can also be applied to cultured cells, preferably cultured human cells, more preferably HEK cells. Another preferred specimen for practicing the above method is a brain specimen, preferably (pre) frontal cortex and/or hippocampus, more preferably hippocampus. The TOMM6 for use in the methods of the present invention can be partially or fully purified, e.g. be present in the form of a homogenized, solubilized, concentrated, partially or fully purified cell composition as described above. It is also within the scope of the above method that TOMM6 is partially or even fully isolated from the isolated cells or isolated tissue in step (i) of the above method in order to avoid interaction(s) of non-TOMM6 materials, e.g. further proteins in the composition. For example, an SDS-PAGE may be performed as described above to isolate TOMM6. As alternatives, other methods of gel electrophoresis are also suitable for purification, e.g. two-dimensional gel electrophoresis or native gel electrophoresis. After separation of proteins, an electrophoretic protein transfer may be performed to a suitable membrane, which can be but is not restricted to a PVDF membrane or a nitrocellulose membrane, preferably a PVDF membrane in a transfer cell, preferably a tank transfer cell (e.g. Mini Trans-Blot cell, Bio-Rad GmbH, Munchen, Germany) or a semi-dry transfer cell (e.g. Trans-Blot® SD Semi-Dry Transfer Cell, Bio-Rad GmbH Munchen, Germany). 
     Preferred examples for practicing step (iii) of the above method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition which modifies TOMM6 and TOMM6 homolog protein amounts are given above in the context of step (ii) of the method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition. 
     Preferably for steps (iv) to (vi) of the above method for the identification of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition which modifies TOMM6 and TOMM6 homolog protein amounts, immunoblot detection of TOMM6 proteins can be performed with any TOMM6-interacting quantifying agent, which can be, e.g. a TOMM6-interacting protein, a nanobody, a monobody, an antibody, an antibody fragment, an antibody derivative or antibody analogue, preferably a polyclonal or monoclonal antibody contained in serum, an affinity-purified antibody, an F(ab) 2  fragment and/or by quantification with a TOMM6- or TOMM6 homolog-binding compound for use in the present invention, preferably a labeled TOMM6- or TOMM6 homolog-binding compound for use in the present invention. It is noted that if a TOMM6- or TOMM6 homolog-binding compound for use in the present invention is used for quantification, the TOMM6- or TOMM6 homolog-binding compound used in the previous step (iii) should preferably be removed before any quantification is performed. For immunological detection, preferably an antibody, fragment, or derivative thereof, preferably from mouse, rat, rabbit, sheep, goat, donkey, horse, or any other species including camelids and sharks can be used. Preferably, the antibody may be raised against full-length recombinant TOMM6 protein (see SEQ ID NOs: 1 to 3) or against an immunogenic peptide sequence of TOMM6, e.g. 10-20, up to 30-40 amino acids of the TOMM6 amino acid sequence. An antibody recognition epitope is typically 5-7 amino acids in length. Antibodies against TOMM6 can also be isolated from a phage display antibody (fragment) library by panning with purified recombinant TOMM6 protein or a fragment/peptide thereof. For example, for immunoblotting TOMM6 the blot membrane can be incubated with the primary antibody dilution, which can range from 1:500 to 1:50,000, preferably 1:2,000-1:10,000. Bound antibodies may be visualized with enzyme-coupled secondary antibodies or preferably F(ab) 2  fragments of enzyme-coupled secondary antibodies (e.g. Dianova GmbH, Hamburg, Germany; dilution 1: 40,000), or by enzyme-coupled protein A or G (e.g. EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), and followed by enhanced chemiluminescent detection (e.g. ECL Plus and/or ECL Prime, Amersham, GE Healthcare Life Sciences, Glattbrugg, Switzerland). Another alternative may be the direct labeling of the primary antibody with an enzyme followed by a chemiluminescent detection method. A further alternative is the direct labeling of the primary or secondary antibody or the protein A or G with a radiolabel, e.g.  125 I. As suitable loading controls for immunoblotting in order to control for equal mitochondrial protein loading, e.g. a control protein can be detected, preferably a mitochondrial protein, more preferably Atp6v1a/ATP6V1A. As a standard loading control, detection of a house-keeping protein, e.g. actin, tubulin, GAPDH may be performed. Detection of the total amount of Gnb (i.e. the Gbeta subunit of heterotrimeric G-proteins) can be another protein loading control. Due to signal amplification, visualization of a bound primary antibody by a secondary antibody is the preferred method of detection. Labeling of the TOMM6-quantifying agent can be performed by a radiolabel, e.g.  3 H,  125 I,  35 S,  33 S,  14 C, or a non-radioactive label, e.g. an enzyme, preferably peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, biotin, fluorescent label (e.g. FITC, TRITC, ALEXA Fluor Dyes), colloidal gold particles, any other chemical dye, a protein or a fluorescent protein, which is attached by chemical crosslinking or DNA fusion. Examples for fluorescent proteins include but are not limited to the green fluorescent protein and variants thereof (e.g. EYFP, EGFP, Cerulean, ECFP, mCherry fluorescent protein; HyPer; RoGFP; rxYFPM PROPS, VSFP, zoanFP). By similar methods, a short peptide Tag (e.g. HA, FLAG) can be attached, to allow visualization and/or quantitation of TOMM6. Alternatively to the labeling of the quantifying agent TOMM6 can be labeled for easier detection of TOM M6-bound quantifying agent, e.g. labeled by a radiolabel (e.g.  3 H,  125 I,  35 S,  33 S,  14 C), or a non-radioactive method, e.g. an enzyme (e.g. peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase), biotin, fluorescent label (e.g. FITC, TRITC, ALEXA Fluor Dyes), colloidal gold particles, any other chemical dye, a protein or a fluorescent protein, which is attached by chemical crosslinking or fusion of the DNA. Examples for fluorescent proteins include but are not limited to the green fluorescent protein and variants thereof (e.g. EYFP, Cerulean, ECFP, mCherry fluorescent protein; HyPer; RoGFP; rxYFPM PROPS, VSFP, zoanFP). By similar methods, a short peptide Tag (e.g. HA, FLAG) can be attached, to allow visualization and/or quantitation of TOMM6. Other possible direct labeling methods for TOMM6 include (but are not limited to) the SNAP-Tag® or the CLIP-Tag® technology (New England Biolabs, Biotechnology, USA). 
     The above-described method for identification of TOMM6 can also be applied for identification of TOMM6 and/or TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions, e.g. inducers/stabilizers/activators such as small molecule compounds, antibodies, peptides, genes, in whole organisms, organs, organoids, tissues, multiple cells or a single cell (e.g. eukaryotic cells, mammalian cells, human cells, HEK cells or any other cell, insect cells, yeast cells or bacterial cells) with transient or stable transfection with an expression plasmid encoding TOMM6. An example for a preferred plasmid used for TOMM6 expression in mammalian cells is pcDNA3.1 (e.g. Invitrogen), which directs ubiquitous expression under control of the strong cytomegalovirus (CMV) immediate-early promoter/enhancer. There are other preferred plasmids, which direct expression under control of the CMV promoter or the ubiquitous CAG promoter (CMV early enhancer/chicken beta actin promoter). Any other promoter suitable for expression in eukaryotic cells can also be used. High level expression of a protein in bacteria (e.g.  E. coli  BL21 (DE3), or BL21 (DE3) pLysS) is preferably obtained by the pET expression system (e.g. Novagen®, EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), which is driven by the strong bacteriophage T7 promoter and translation signals. 
     TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions can also be identified in whole organisms, organs, organoids, tissues, multiple cells or a single cell (e.g. eukaryotic cells, mammalian cells, human cells, HEK cells or any other cell, insect cells, yeast cells or bacterial cells) after viral transduction of TOMM6 by a virus-based expression system, which can be but is not restricted to an adenovirus, lentivirus, retrovirus, AAV (adeno-associated virus), HSV-1, HSV-2, or baculovirus. The above-described method for TOMM6 identification can also be used to detect TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions, such as, e.g. inducers, stabilizers and/or activators, after viral transduction of TOMM6. 
     TOMM6 inducers, stabilizers and/or activators can also be identified in whole organisms, organs, organoids, tissues, multiple cells or a single cell (e.g. eukaryotic cells, mammalian cells, human cells, HEK cells or any other cell, insect cells) with endogenous TOMM6 expression levels without exogenously modified expression of TOMM6. 
     In a further aspect, the present invention is directed to a method, preferably an ex vivo method, for the identification of a physiological effect of a TOMM6- and TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition comprising the steps of:
     (i) contacting isolated cells, isolated tissue, a non-human mammal, a transgenic or non-transgenic disease animal model or a human, preferably ex vivo, with a TOMM6- and/or TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition, preferably a TOMM6- and/or TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition for use in the present invention in a physiologically effective concentration under physiological conditions suitable for the interaction with the interacting compound or composition;   (ii) optionally providing a control group not to be contacted with a TOMM6- and/or TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition or the pretreatment condition as a control; and   (iii) quantifying Agtr2/AGTR2 monomers, dimers, and/or misfolded/aggregated AGTR2/Agtr2 proteins, in the isolated cells, isolated tissue, non-human mammal, transgenic or non-transgenic disease animal model or human of step (i), and optionally in the control group or pretreatment condition of step (ii), preferably quantifying Agtr2/AGTR2 monomers, dimers, and misfolded/aggregated AGTR2/Agtr2 proteins by an antibody, an antibody fragment, antibody derivative or antibody analogue, preferably in peripheral blood mononuclear cells of the disease model or human of step (i) and optionally in the control group or pretreatment condition of step (ii).   

     The above-described method for identification of a physiological effect of a TOMM6-interacting and TOMM6 homolog-interacting compound or composition based on the detection and/or quantification of functional and dysfunctional AGTR2 can be used to monitor/quantify the therapy effect of TOMM6/Tomm6-interacting compounds or compositions such as inducers, stabilizers and/or activators (e.g. small molecule compounds, large molecule compounds, antibodies, proteins, peptides, genes, viruses) in a whole organism (e.g. eukaryotes, mammals, rodents, primates, humans). 
     The method of TOMM6 identification can also be used to detect TOMM6 in body fluids, which include but are not restricted to blood, serum, blood plasma, blood cells, urine. Thus, the method of TOMM6 identification and/or quantification, e.g. as described above, preferably in the blood, serum or urine, more preferably in circulating blood cells of a subject, can generally be used to determine a subject&#39;s risk of developing a nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a human nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a central nervous system (CNS) or peripheral nervous system (PNS) disease or disorder, or to determine a subject&#39;s state of the nervous system disease or disorder, preferably human nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a central nervous system (CNS) or peripheral nervous system (PNS) disease or disorder based on the detection and/or quantification of TOMM6. 
     In a typical example, treatment can be performed with a compound for use in the present invention, e.g. Compound-1-Compound-10 (e.g. 10 mg/kg/day) for a specified period of time (hours, days, months), e.g. by administration in drinking water (alternatives are, e.g. injection, i.p. or i.v., subcutaneous injection, transdermal application etc.) and optionally compared to untreated controls and/or to the condition before treatment initiation. After treatment, organs, e.g. brain, cortex, hippocampus, heart, skin, blood, circulating blood cells, can be isolated and endogenous TOMM6 protein levels can be quantified as detailed above. 
     In a preferred embodiment, the method for the identification of TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions, such as activators, stabilizers and/or inducers, can be performed by inhibition of HbsAg protein aggregation (e.g. dimerization, oligomerization, heteromerization), preferably in yeast cells. 
     It was also demonstrated herein ( FIG. 24 ) that the compounds of the present invention (e.g. representative Compound-10F) prevent hippocampal PHF tau hyperphosphorylation and peripheral Agtr2 aggregation in the CUMS model of sporadic AD. Therefore, a method for the detection and/or quantification of “neuroprotective” Agtr2/AGTR2 monomers, dimers, and misfolded/aggregated Agtr2/AGTR2 oligomers in peripheral blood as a peripheral blood treatment marker of neurodegeneration and treatment outcome in rodents, mammalians and humans with the compounds described herein, e.g. the TOMM6/Tomm6 inducers, is encompassed by the present invention. Notably and comparable to CUMS rats, peripheral blood mononuclear cells of AD patients also have an increased content of misfolded AGTR2 aggregates compared to age-matched controls without AD ( FIG. 24D ). Thus, the detection/quantification of AGTR2 oligomers/aggregates in relation to functional AGTR2 of isolated peripheral blood mononuclear cells is also a suitable method to monitor the treatment outcome of TOMM6 inducers/activators/modifiers in humans, preferably in human patients with a nervous system disease, atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection and/or human papillomavirus (HPV) infection. 
     Because TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions inhibit mitochondrial dysfunction, any aggregation-prone protein, which is sensitive to mitochondrial dysfunction can be studied. A preferred example is the protein aggregation of HbsAg protein over-expressed in yeast. Preferably, the recombinant HBsAg cDNA (e.g. synthesized by GeneScript, Piscataway, N.J., USA) is inserted into a yeast expression vector, preferably p42K-TEF (D3011001-1 Dualsystems Biotech AG, Zurich). Any other plasmid, which allows protein expression in yeast is also suitable. p42K-TEF has the advantage that it allows selection of yeast transformants by the presence of G418 in a yeast growth medium (e.g. YPD; Bacto-yeast extract 10 g/L, Bacto-peptone 20 g/L and D-Glucose 20%). Any yeast strain can be used for protein expression. In a preferred example the yeast ( Saccharomyces cerevisae ) strain, INVSc1, was used (e.g. Invitrogen GmbH, Nr. C810-00). Any other yeast strain is also suitable. After cultivation for 1-5 days, preferably 3-4 days, to allow for protein expression, yeast cells are harvested by a suitable method, which includes but is not restricted to freeze-drying, spray drying, ultrafiltration, sedimentation, flocculation or centrifugation, followed by removal of cultivation medium by a suitable method, which can apply (but is not restricted to) washing with an isotonic buffer, which can be (but is not restricted to) TBS or PBS at a temperature ranging from 3° C. to 38° C., preferably 4° C. The yeast cell pellet is frozen at −12° C. to −210° C., preferably at &gt;70° C. until further use. The frozen cell pellet is extracted for 15 min to 120 min, preferably 30 min at 4° C.-24° C. preferably at 4° C. with any standard solubilisation/protein extraction buffer. Such a standard solubilisation/protein extraction buffer can be (but is not restricted to) RIPA (radioimmunoprecipitation assay) buffer, which can be of (but is not restricted to) the following composition: sodium deoxycholate at a concentration of 0.1%-2%, preferably 1%, SDS at a concentration ranging from 0.05% to 2%, preferably 0.1%, NP40 (IGEPAL) ranging from 0.01% to 0.5%, preferably 0.1%, EDTA, EGTA or any other divalent cation chelator ranging from 0 mM to 20 mM, preferably 5 mM, Tris ranging from 5 mM to 500 mM, preferably 50 mM with a pH ranging from pH6 to pH10, preferably pH8.0. The buffer can be supplemented without or with additional salts (e.g. NaCl ranging from 0 to 500 mM) to modify ionic strength. The extraction buffer can also use chaotropic salts for protein extraction, e.g. guanidinium thiocyanate ranging from 0-5 M, preferably 4M, guanidine hydrochloride or urea ranging from 0-8 M, preferably 8 M. Such an extraction buffer can be supplemented without or with 25 mM sodium citrate (pH 7.0), 0.5% N-lauroylsarcosine, 0.1% 2-mercaptoethanol. Any other suitable buffer, which includes (but is not restricted to) PBS, PIPES, HEPES, bicine, can be used with a pH varying from pH 5 to pH 10, preferably pH 6-9. To enhance protein extraction, the used buffer is supplemented with any state of the art detergent (anionic, cationic, non-ionic, Zwitterionic). Suitable detergents or mixtures thereof include (but are not limited to) CHAPS, CHAPSO, NP40, N-lauroylsarcosine, C7BzO, ASB-14, n-Dodecyl beta-D-maltoside, Octyl beta-D-glucopyranoside, Octyl beta-D1-thioglucopyranoside, Polyoyethylene 10 tridecyl ether, Brij® 56, Triton X-100, 3-(Decyldimethylammonio)propane-sulfonate inner salt. Similarly, for protein extraction any commercially available protein extraction buffer or kit can be used, which includes (but is not restricted to) T-PER Tissue Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), M-PER Mammalian Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), Pierce IP Lysis buffer, a protein extraction kit from SigmaAldrich (PROTMEM, PROTTWO, PROTOT) supplemented with any state of the art cocktail of protease/phosphatase inhibitors (e.g. Cat. No. P8349, and/or PPC1010, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA). Protein solubilization can be enhanced by sonification. Particulate material is removed. Methods for removal of insoluble materials include (but are not limited to) filtration, or centrifugation at 5 000×g-100 000×g, preferably 50 000×g for 1-120 min, preferably for 20 min at 4° C.-30° C., more preferably at 4° C. Solubilized proteins can be separated e.g. by denaturing SDS-PAGE, non-denaturing gel electrophoresis, gel filtration without further concentration, or proteins are further concentrated. Concentration of proteins can be performed by precipitation with a suitable solvent, which can be (but is not limited to) TCA, ethanol, isopropanol, acetone/methanol, preferably a mixture of ice-cold acetone/methanol, preferably 12:2, added to a final concentration of 60-95%, preferably 83% for at least &gt;5 min up to an indefinite time preferably for 90 min at a temperature ranging between −210° C. to 4° C., more preferably at 4° C. Any other method of protein concentration is also suitable and can apply centrifugation over a protein concentration cartridge, which can be (but is not restricted to) an Amicon Ultracentrifugal filter unit, MWCO 3 kDa, (Millipore). For protein separation by SDS-PAGE (Laemmli system), the protein pellet is dissolved in SDS-PAGE sample buffer supplemented with SDS. The standard SDS-PAGE Laemmli sample buffer contains 2% SDS, 0.1 M DTT (or 5% mercaptoethanol). To improve disaggregation of high molecular mass protein aggregates, the buffer is supplemented with urea ranging from 1M to 8M, preferably 6 M urea and incubated for 10 min to 24 h, preferably for 90 min at room temperature. Proteins can be stored frozen (at −210° C. to −15° C.) at a concentration ranging from 0.01 mg to 100 mg/ml, preferably 0.5 mg-1 mg/ml, for further use. 
     Proteins can be separated by e.g. by denaturing SDS-PAGE, non-denaturing gel electrophoresis, gel filtration, preferably denaturing SDS-PAGE ranging from 7.5% to 20%, preferably 7.5%, and supplemented without or with urea, preferably with urea (6-8 M, preferably 8M urea) under reducing conditions. Protein separation is followed by electrophoretic protein transfer to a suitable membrane, which can be (but is not restricted to) a PVDF membrane or a nitrocellulose membrane, preferably a PVDF membrane in a transfer cell, preferably a tank transfer cell (e.g. Mini Trans-Blot cell, Bio-Rad GmbH, Munchen, Germany) or a semi-dry transfer cell (e.g. Trans-Blot® SD Semi-Dry Transfer Cell, Bio-Rad GmbH Munchen, Germany). Transferred HBsAg proteins are detected in immunoblot with HBsAg-specific antibodies raised in a suitable organism, which include but is not restricted to rabbit, rat, mouse, goat, cameloid species, sheep, horse, donkey, shark. Polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are raised against an immunogenic epitope of HBsAg. Preferably, the antibody/antibodies is/are raised in rabbit or mouse against full-length recombinant HBsAg protein. Alternatively, an antibody against HbsAg can be raised against an immunogenic peptide sequence of HBsAg (10-20 amino acids, up to 30-40 amino acids) or against a recombinant fusion protein. An antibody recognition epitope is typically 5-7 amino acids in length. Antibodies against HBsAg can also be isolated from a phage display antibody library by panning with purified recombinant HBsAg protein or a fragment/peptide thereof. In a typical example the antibody can be raised against (but is not restricted to) an N-terminal epitope of HBsAg. In another example, a monoclonal HBsAg antibody produced in mouse (e.g. SAB4700767, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA) was used. Suitable antibodies for detection of HBsAg expression and aggregation can also be isolated from human blood serum from individuals undergoing vaccination against Hepatitis B. 
     Primary antibody dilution can range from 1:500 to 1:50,000, preferably 1:2,000-1:10,000. Bound antibodies are visualized with F(ab) 2  fragments of enzyme-coupled secondary antibodies (e.g. Dianova GmbH, Hamburg, Germany; dilution 1: 40,000), or by enzyme-coupled protein A or G (e.g. EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), and followed by enhanced chemiluminescent detection (e.g. ECL Plus and/or ECL Prime, Amersham, GE Healthcare Life Sciences, Glattbrugg, Switzerland). Another alternative is the direct labeling of the primary antibody with an enzyme followed by a chemiluminescent detection method. Another alternative is the direct labeling of the primary or secondary antibody or the protein A or G with a radiolabel (preferably  125 I). 
     The above method is also suitable to monitor the treatment outcome of a subject treated with a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition, or any other compound, which improves mitochondrial function because dysfunctional AGTR2 protein aggregation is disease-relevant and contributes to neurodegeneration in brains of AD patients and mice (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6554-6565 (2009); AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6566-6574 (2009). Therefore, detection of and/or quantification of functional and dysfunctional AGTR2 consisting of neuroprotective AGTR2 monomers, dimers and dysfunctional, neurodegeneration-enhancing AGTR2 protein aggregation directly monitors the treatment effect of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition. A preferred method to monitor the treatment outcome of a patient/individual treated with a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition comprises the following steps:
     (i) Treatment of a subject suffering from a nervous system disease or atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection and/or human papilloma virus (HPV) infection, or a subject at risk for development of a nervous system disease or atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B and/or human papilloma virus infection, with a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition. To monitor treatment outcome in a subject suffering from a nervous system disease or atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B and/or human papilloma infection, or a subject at risk for development of a nervous system disease or atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B and/or human papilloma virus infection, the method can be performed with any human biopsy specimen isolated from the subject before, during and after treatment and compared with specimens isolated from healthy untreated subjects. The preferred human specimens are human peripheral blood cells and/or a cell fraction isolated thereof, which can be platelets, mononuclear cells, leucocytes, erythrocytes and/or polymorphonuclear cells. For monitoring of treatment outcome, the method preferably uses human peripheral blood mononuclear cells/lymphocytes isolated from peripheral blood. For post-mortem studies, the method preferably uses brain biopsy specimens from patients with a nervous system disease or atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B and/or human papilloma virus infection, preferably AD patients and non-AD patients. Preferred specimens from rodent AD models are peripheral blood mononuclear cells, brain specimens from stressed rats with symptoms of sporadic AD, or stressed Tg2576 mouse brain specimens with severe symptoms of FAD. Similarly, the method is applicable to study treatment outcome of other AD models, which include but are not restricted to aged primates or aged dogs. The subject suffering from a nervous system disease or atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B and/or human papilloma virus infection, preferably AD, or the subject at risk for development of a nervous system disease or atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B and/or human papilloma virus infection, preferably AD, are treated with a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition in a therapeutic dose ranging from days to several years depending on the lifetime of the subject. Preferably duration of treatment lasts more than 1 week. The method is also suitable to study the treatment effect in cultured cells with mitochondrial dysfunction and with endogenously expressed AGTR2 without or with exogenous AGTR2 expression. Under experimental conditions, this method uses cells, preferably human cells, more preferably HEK cells with endogenously expressed and/or transfected/transduced (e.g. transiently, or stably) AGTR2. Mitochondrial dysfunction is induced by (but not restricted to) cell culture stress, hypoxia, mitochondrial function inhibitors (e.g. rotenone), and/or the expression of NOX3 (NADPH oxidase 3). HEK cells are cultivated in the absence and presence of compounds or compositions for use in the present invention, e.g. plant extracts (e.g. Compound-1 (alizarin), Compound-2 (pseudopurpurin), Compound-3-10, an extract from  Galium aparine  or an extract from  Rubia tinctorum  or  Rubia cordifolia ). Compounds or compositions can be applied at concentrations ranging between 1 microM to 1 mM for the initial screening, preferably 10-20 microM. Plant extracts can be added to culture medium (e.g. 20 microL/10 ml), preferably a 10-fold-concentrated plant extract prepared from 200 g pulverized plant material/1 L of solvent is used. Compounds and compositions (e.g. plant extracts) can be dissolved in an inert solvent (e.g. DMSO, ethanol, medium) and incubated, e.g. for 24-96 h, preferably for 48-72 h, more preferably for 60-72 h. After the incubation period, cells may be washed, harvested, and collected by a suitable method, which can apply but is not restricted to centrifugation. The cell pellet can be frozen at −12° C.-−210° C., preferably at &gt;70° C. until further use. As an alternative, the harvested cell pellet can be directly used for detection of AGTR2 protein aggregation without homogenization.   (ii) Homogenization of cells, organoids, tissue, biopsy specimens, peripheral blood mononuclear cells or hippocampal tissue (fresh or frozen tissue or cells, preferably frozen) from step (i). The frozen biopsy specimen or cells is/are preferably homogenized (mechanically, manually) at a temperature ranging from −210° C. to +30° C., preferably under liquid nitrogen (temperature −210° C.-−196° C.).   (iii) Solubilization/extraction of proteins. Proteins in the frozen or fresh cell pellet, or pulverized tissue specimen from step (ii) can be extracted for 15 min to 120 min, preferably for 30 min at 4° C.-24° C., more preferably at 4° C. with any standard solubilisation or protein extraction buffer. Such a standard solubilisation or protein extraction buffer can be (but is not restricted to) RIPA (radioimmunoprecipitation assay) buffer, which can have but is not restricted to the following composition: sodium deoxycholate at a concentration of 0.1%-2%, preferably 1%, SDS at a concentration ranging from 0.05% to 2%, preferably 0.1%, NP40 (IGEPAL) ranging from 0.01% to 0.5%, preferably 0.1%, EDTA, EGTA or any other divalent cation chelator ranging from 0 mM to 20 mM, preferably 5 mM, Tris ranging from 5 mM to 500 mM, preferably 50 mM and with a pH ranging from pH6 to pH10, preferably pH8.0) supplemented without or with additional salts (e.g. NaCl ranging from 0 to 500 mM) to modify ionic strength. The extraction buffer can also use chaotropic salts for protein extraction, e.g. guanidinium thiocyanate ranging from 0-5 M, preferably 4M, guanidine hydrochloride or urea ranging from 0-8 M, preferably 8 M. Such an extraction buffer can be supplemented without or with 25 mM sodium citrate (pH 7.0), 0.5% N-lauroylsarcosine, 0.1% 2-mercaptoethanol. Any other suitable buffer, which includes but is not restricted to PBS, PIPES, HEPES, bicine, can be used with a pH varying from pH 5 to pH 10, preferably pH 6-9. To enhance protein extraction, the buffer can be supplemented with any state of the art detergent (anionic, cationic, non-ionic, Zwitterionic). Suitable detergents or mixtures thereof include but are not limited to CHAPS, CHAPSO, NP40, N-lauroylsarcosine, C7BzO, ASB-14, n-Dodecyl beta-D-maltoside, Octyl beta-D-glucopyranoside, Octyl beta-D1-thioglucopyranoside, Polyoyethylene 10 tridecyl ether, Brij® 56, Triton X-100, 3-(Decyldimethylammonio)propanesulfonate inner salt. Sequential extraction of proteins with different buffers containing different detergents/chaotropic salts at different concentrations is also a possibility to separate soluble AGTR2 proteins from less soluble/insoluble aggregated AGTR2 proteins. Similarly, for protein extraction any commercially available protein extraction buffer or kit can be used, which includes (but is not restricted to) T-PER Tissue Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), M-PER Mammalian Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), Pierce IP Lysis buffer, a protein extraction kit from SigmaAldrich (PROTMEM, PROTTWO, PROTOT) supplemented with any state of the art cocktail of protease/phosphatase inhibitors (e.g. Cat. No. P8349, and/or PPC1010, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA). Solubilization can be enhanced by sonification. Particulate material can be removed. Methods for removal of insoluble materials include but are not limited to filtration or centrifugation at 5 000×g-100 000×g, preferably 50 000×g for 1-120 min, preferably 20 min at 4° C.-30° C., preferably 4° C. Solubilized proteins can be separated by denaturing SDS-PAGE without further concentration, or proteins are further concentrated. Concentration of proteins can be performed by precipitation with a suitable solvent, which can be but is not limited to TCA, ethanol, isopropanol, acetone/methanol, preferably a mixture of ice-cold acetone/methanol, preferably 12:2, added to a final concentration of 60-95%, preferably 83% for at least &gt;5 min up to an indefinite time preferably 90 min at a temperature ranging between −210° C. to 4° C., preferably at 4° C. Any other method of protein concentration is also suitable and can apply centrifugation over a protein concentration cartridge, which can be (but is not restricted to) Amicon Ultracentrifugal filter units, MWCO 3 kDa, (Millipore). For protein separation by SDS-PAGE (Laemmli system), the protein pellet is dissolved in SDS-PAGE sample buffer. The standard SDS-PAGE Laemmli sample buffer contains 2% SDS, 0.1 M DTT (or 5% mercaptoethanol). To improve disaggregation of high molecular mass protein aggregates, the buffer is supplemented with urea ranging from 1 M to 8 M, preferably 6 M urea and incubated for 10 min to 24 h, preferably for 90 min at room temperature. Solubilized proteins can be stored frozen (at −210° C. to −15° C.) at a concentration ranging from 0.01 mg to 100 mg/ml, preferably 0.5 mg to 1 mg/ml, for further use.   (iv) Separation of proteins by denaturing SDS-PAGE. Solubilized proteins may be separated by denaturing SDS-PAGE (7.5%-20%, preferably 7.5%) supplemented without or with urea, preferably with urea (6-8 M, preferably 8M) under reducing conditions.   (v) Electrophoretic protein transfer. After separation, proteins preferably can be transferred by electrophoretic protein transfer to a suitable membrane, which can be but is not restricted to a PVDF membrane or a nitrocellulose membrane, preferably a PVDF membrane in a transfer cell, preferably a tank transfer cell (e.g. Mini Trans-Blot cell, Bio-Rad GmbH, Munchen, Germany) or a semi-dry transfer cell (e.g. Trans-Blot® SD Semi-Dry Transfer Cell, Bio-Rad GmbH Munchen, Germany).   (vi) Generation of AGTR2-protein aggregate-specific antibodies. Transferred AGTR2 proteins can be detected in immunoblot with AGTR2-specific antibodies, which cross-react with AGTR2 monomers and/or AGTR2 protein aggregates. Antibodies may be raised in a suitable organism, which includes but is not restricted to rabbit, rat, mouse, goat, a cameloid species, sheep, horse, donkey, shark. Polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies may be raised against an immunogenic epitope of AGTR2. Preferably, the antibody/antibodies is/are raised in an animal against full-length recombinant AGTR2 protein. Alternatively, an antibody against AGTR2 can be raised against an immunogenic peptide sequence of AGTR2 (10-20 amino acids, up to 30-40 amino acids) or against a recombinant fusion protein where a fragment of AGTR2 is fused to GST, HIS6-Tag or any other state of the art protein tag. An antibody recognition epitope is typically 5-7 amino acids in length. Antibodies against AGTR2 can also be isolated from a phage display antibody library by panning with purified recombinant AGTR2 protein, an AGTR2 protein fragment, fusion protein, or peptide. In a typical example the antibody can be raised against but not restricted to the C-terminus of AGTR2, against an antigen encompassing amino acids 320-349 of the human AT2R (AGTR2) sequence (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 276, 39721-39726, 2001); J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6566-6574, 2009). Another alternative is to raise antibodies against the N-terminal region or an N-terminal fragment of AGTR2. For specific detection of AGTR2 aggregates, immunization can be performed with an aggregated AGTR2 protein and/or antigen, preferably the aggregated C-terminal AGTR2 antigen, which was covalently and stably aggregated by crosslinking with a bivalent cross-linker, which includes but is not restricted to DST, DSP, DSS, DSG, DFDNB, EDC, and BS3, preferably DFDNB. A list of frequently used crosslinkers is available (Crosslinking Technical Handbook, ThermoScientific). The crosslinking reaction can be performed by the addition of 0.1-10 mM, preferably 1 mM of crosslinking agent, which may be freshly added to the antigen (protein, peptide) dissolved at a concentration of 0.01 mg/ml-10 mg/ml, more preferably 0.1 mg-0.5 mg/ml in a suitable buffer according to the recommendations of the manufacturer (Crosslinking Technical Handbook, ThermoScientific), and incubated for 30 min-4 h, preferably for 60 min at room temperature or 4° C., preferably at room temperature. The reaction can be stopped as indicated by the manufacturer by the addition of 1 M Tris or glycine, pH 8.0. High molecular weight antigen aggregates can be enriched, e.g. by gel filtration or centrifugation over a protein concentration cartridge, which can be (but is not restricted to) an Amicon Ultracentrifugal filter unit, MWCO 10 kDa, (Millipore). Immunization of the native, or crosslinked antigen can be performed by standard state of the art immunization protocol. Immunization may involve injection of the antigen (0.001 mg-1 mg, preferably 0.1 mg of antigen), preferably emulsified with an adjuvant, which can be but is not restricted to Freund&#39;s Complete adjuvant (FCA) followed by booster injections of the antigen (every week, or bi-weekly) with Incomplete Freund&#39;s adjuvant (IFA).   (vii) Immunoblot detection of AGTR2 monomers, dimers and aggregates. Immunoblot detection of AGTR2 is preferably performed with affinity-purified antibodies against AGTR2, F(ab) 2  fragments or nanobodies of the respective antibodies (from step (vi).). For detection of AGTR2 protein aggregation and AGTR2 monomers in immunoblot, the primary antibody dilution can be 1:500-1:50,000, preferably 1:2,000-1:-10,000, more preferably 1:2,000. Bound antibodies may be visualized with F(ab) 2  fragments of enzyme-coupled secondary antibodies (e.g. Dianova GmbH, Hamburg, Germany; preferred dilution 1: 40,000), which can be pre-absorbed to human or mouse/-rat/primate/dog serum proteins, and followed by enhanced chemiluminescent detection (e.g. with ECL Plus, and/or ECL Prime, Amersham, GE Healthcare Life Sciences, Glattbrugg, Switzerland). An alternative is the detection of bound primary antibodies by enzyme-coupled protein A or G (e.g. EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), which can also be followed by enhanced chemiluminescent detection. Another alternative is the direct labeling of the primary antibody with an enzyme followed by a chemiluminescent detection method. Another alternative is the direct labeling of the primary or secondary antibody or the protein A or G with a radiolabel (preferably  125 I).   

     As a preferred and herein disclosed alternative to steps (iv), (v), (vii), the antibodies/nanobodies against aggregated AGTR2 and total AGTR2 generated in step (vi) can also be used to monitor the treatment outcome of a patient/individual treated with a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition by any other antibody-based detection method, e.g. by direct ELISA or sandwich ELISA or RIA. For detection/quantification of AGTR2 aggregates by direct ELISA/RIA technique, the mononuclear cell membrane extract (with and without prior enrichment) is immobilized on an ELISA plate, and aggregated AGTR2 is detected with anti-AGTR2-aggregate antibodies, followed by a secondary enzyme-coupled antibody detection reaction. 
     More preferably, AGTR2 aggregation is detected with a sandwich ELISA. To this end the following steps can be performed:
     (i) The first step of the sandwich ELISA is the immobilization of AGTR2-specific capture antibodies (any species, e.g. rabbit, rat, mouse, cameloid; serum, affinity-enriched; F(ab) 2  fragments, nanobodies as generated in step (vi)) on an ELISA plate (Nunc Maxisorb), 0.1-10 microg/well, preferably 1-5 microg, more preferably, 1-2 microg in 100 microL of a suitable buffer (e.g. 0.1 M sodium acetate, 0.1 M NaCl, pH 5.5; or 15.9 mM Na 2 CO 3 , 35 mM NaHCO 3 , pH 9.6) by overnight incubation at 4° C. After 1-10, preferably 3-5, more preferably 3 washing steps with PBS±Tween 20 (150 mM NaCl, 10 mM NaH2PO4×H2O, 10 mM Na 2 HPO 4 ×2H 2 O, supplemented with or without 0.05% Tween 20, pH 7.4) or TBS±Tween 20 (150 mM NaCl, 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5 supplemented with or without 0.05% Tween 20), nonspecific binding sites can be blocked by incubation for 0.5-4 h, preferably 1-2 h at 4-37° C., preferably 37° C. with 50-400 microL/well preferably 200 microL/well of blocking buffer (1-10%, preferably 1-4%, more preferably 2% BSA or 0.1% skimmed milk powder in TBS-Tween or PBS-Tween).   (ii) After three washing steps with 50-400 microL, preferably 200 microL of PBS (±Tween) or TBS (±Tween), 50-200 microL, preferably 100-200 microL of cellular protein solubilisate/extract, preferably mammalian (rat, mouse, human), more preferably human peripheral blood mononuclear cell extract proteins are added in blocking buffer at a concentration of 1-10 microg/ml, preferably 1-2 microg/ml and incubated for 1-4 h, preferably 1-2 h at 4-37° C., preferably at 2 h at 37° C.   (iii) After additional washing steps with PBS (±Tween) or TBS (±Tween), the sandwich is completed by addition of 100 microL of a second species anti-AGTR2 or anti-AGTR2-aggregate antibody (antiserum dilution 1:100-1:10 000, preferably 1:200-1:2000, more preferably 1:300-1:1000 or affinity-purified antibody fraction, monoclonal antibody or cameloid monobodies) is applied in blocking buffer, incubated for 2 h at 37° C., followed by washing steps.   (iv) Then an enzyme-coupled secondary antibody is applied. Reactivity of this antibody depends on the species of the second anti-AGTR2 sandwich antibody and can be (but not restricted to) anti-rat, anti-mouse, anti-rabbit, anti-camelid . . . . The enzyme-coupled antibody is labeled with horseradish peroxidase or another suitable enzyme e.g. alkaline phosphatase, and added to the ELISA plate at a dilution of 1-100-1:100 000, preferably 1: 1000-1: 10 000, more preferably 1:4000 in blocking buffer. After an incubation time (preferably for 2 h at 37° C.) bound antibody is visualized. This secondary antibody can also be directly labeled, e.g. with a fluorescent label, or a radiolabel. Another possibility for detection is to label this detector antibody with biotin and perform a detection with enzyme-labeled streptavidin/avidin analogously to the following substrate reaction method as detailed in step (v). After the incubation time, unbound antibody is removed by washing steps (without Tween 20).   (v) Bound antibody is detected by a substrate reaction, which includes the addition of 50-400 microL, preferably 100-200 microL of substrate buffer (18 microL of 30% H 2 O 2  added to 10.5 ml ABTS solution (22 mg ABTS dissolved in 100 ml of 50 mM sodium citrate, pH 4.0-pH 4.5). Any other substrate (e.g. is also feasible. After an incubation time of 1 min-5 h at 4° C.-37° C., preferably 30 min-1 h, more preferably 30 min at 37° C., optical density is measured at 410 nm, e.g. on a plate reader (Versa Max, Molecular Devices).   

     The disclosed principle of this ELISA assay can also be miniaturized, e.g. by a microfluidics technique, the test can also be automated or adapted to perform the test with a test card. The principle of this ELISA assay can also be modified, e.g. by direct labeling of the secondary sandwich antibody with a fluorescent label, or a radiolabel or with biotin. 
     In another preferred embodiment, the method for the identification of TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions, such as activators, stabilizers and/or inducers is performed by reciprocal protein folding of AGTR2/AGTR1. 
     This method detects TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions by the reciprocal effect of TOMM6 on AGTR2 and AGTR1 protein folding. ROS (reactive oxygen species) inhibits AGTR2 and induces AGTR1. Consequently, inhibition of mitochondrial dysfunction/ROS by TOMM6 (and TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions, such as activators, stabilizers and/or inducers) enhances AGTR2 protein folding whereas AGTR1 protein folding is decreased. 
     This method can apply any detection method for AGTR2 and AGTR1, for endogenously expressed AGTR2/AGTR1 or exogenously expressed AGTR2/AGTR1 (or any variant, homologue, mutant, fusion protein referred herein as AGTR2 and AGTR1) in a cell (organism, organ, organoid) and/or a cellular expression system (any cell, bacteria, yeast, eukaryotic cell, mammalian cell, rodent cell, primate cell, human cell; preferably HEK cell). AGTR2/AGTR1 can be detected by any state-of-the-art-method, which is based on but not restricted to immunological, non-immunological methods, radiolabeling, fluorescent labeling, chemical dye labeling, by direct, or indirect detection methods, which involves a primary interacting molecule, which is either labeled for direct detection or not labeled and followed by a secondary detection reaction as e.g. specified above. 
     In a preferred example, AGTR2 and AGTR1 are labeled, e.g. at the C-terminus with a fluorescent protein, preferably by gene fusion with a 5-Gly-spacer. The fluorescent protein can be but is not limited to the green fluorescent protein and variants thereof (e.g. EYFP, Cerulean, ECFP, mCherry fluorescent protein; HyPer; RoGFP; rxYFPM PROPS, VSFP, zoanFP). Preferably the fluorescent protein is a variant of the enhanced green fluorescent protein, preferably Cerulean. 
     The AGTR2-Cerulean (and AGTR1-Cerulean) fusion protein can be expressed in a cell (eukaryotic cell, preferably a mammalian, rodent, mouse, rat, primate cell, more a preferably human cell). HEK cells are preferred because they can easily be transfected by any standard transfection method, e.g. but not limited to the liposome transfection method (e.g. with Lipofectamine, Lipofectamine 2000, Lipofectamine 3000; e.g. Invitrogen by Thermo Fisher Scientific), calcium phosphate transfection method, DEAE-dextran method, electroporation or any other suitable method. Viral transduction is a preferred method for bringing the cDNA of AGTR2-Cerulean (and AGTR1-Cerulean) into any cell, also primary cells or neurons. Other cells, which can be easily transfected can also be used. Examples include but are not restricted to COS7, COS1, NIH-3T3, CHO cells, insect cells. TOMM6 protein/expression levels are modified during protein synthesis of AGTR2-Cerulean and AGTR1-Cerulean. TOMM6 expression level can be modified by co-transfection of a TOMM6-expression plasmid, e.g. TOMM6-pcDNA3.1. Depending on the desired effect, increasing DNA amounts of TOMM6-pcDNA3.1 plasmid and AGTR2-Cerulean (and TOMM6-pcDNA3.1 plasmid and AGTR1-Cerulean) can be used (preferably 1-20 μg/10 6  cells). 
     For testing of a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition, the compound or composition of interest may be dissolved in a non-toxic solvent (e.g. DMSO, ethanol, medium) and applied to the AGTR2-Cerulean-transfected cell (and AGTR1-Cerulean-transfected cell) at a concentration ranging preferably between 1 nM-1 mM, more preferably 1 microM-20 microM for initial screening purposes. In the absence and presence of TOMM6 protein/TOMM6 activity modification, AGTR2-Cerulean levels (and AGTR1-Cerulean levels) can be quantified by fluorescence spectrometry, fluorescence microscopy, fluorescence-activated cell sorting analysis or another direct or indirect quantitation method of cellular fluorescence. 
     Preferably, the AGTR1 fluorescence (i.e. AGTR1-Cerulean fluorescence) and AGTR2 fluorescence (i.e. AGTR2-Cerulean fluorescence) are quantified by fluorescence spectrometry in a photometer or plate reader, at an excitation wavelength of preferably 420 nm, and emission preferably between 440-600 nm. Peak fluorescence intensity, e.g. at 495 nm, can be determined in the absence and presence of TOMM6 co-expression or a TOMM6-interacting compound or composition. 
     This method of TOMM6 activity detection by reciprocal effects on AGTR2/AGTR1 folding can similarly apply immune-techniques (e.g. immunoblot, immmuno-histology, ELISA), direct radiolabeling (e.g.  3 H,  125 I,  35 S,  33 S,  14 C), indirect methods by a binding assay involving a competition/binding assay with an AGTR2-specific (and AGTR1-specific) ligand/radioligand (e.g. with  125 I-labeled angiotensin II or [ 3 H]-labeled angiotensin II, or derivatives thereof) and an unlabeled AT2-specific competitive ligand (e.g. PD123319, and CGP-42112A; unlabeled AT1-specific competitors include losartan, candesartan and any AT1-specific antagonist)). As an alternative, a binding assay with a radiolabeled AGTR2-/AGTR1-specific antibody can be applied. In addition, a direct or indirect detection method is suitable, which detects AGTR2/AGTR1, which is modified, e.g. with a protein Tag, peptide Tag or chemical Tag (e.g. protein, fluorescent protein, enhanced fluorescent protein and variants; enzyme; SNAP-tag®, CLIP-tag®, peptide-tag, e.g., HA, FLAG; fluorescent label, radioactive isotope label, chemical label, biotin, small molecule, metal, ions) for visualization and/or quantitation. 
     Hence, this method includes identification of endogenously expressed AGTR2/AGTR1 (and variants) in native tissue, organs, organoids, cells, eukaryotic cells mammalian cells, rodent cells, primate cells, human with and without (or before and after) the manipulation of TOMM6 (Tomm6 homologues, variants, mutants) protein/activity/expression levels. 
     Thus, the method of AGTR2 monomer, dimer, aggregate identification and/or quantification, e.g. as described above, e.g. by immunoblot detection, and/or ELISA technique preferably in the blood, serum or urine, more preferably in the peripheral blood mononuclear cells of a human subject, can generally be used to determine a subject&#39;s risk of developing atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection, human papilloma virus infection and/or a nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a human nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a central nervous system (CNS) or peripheral nervous system (PNS) disease or disorder, or to determine a subject&#39;s state of the atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection, human papilloma virus infection and/or nervous system disease or disorder, preferably human nervous system disease or disorder, preferably a central nervous system (CNS) or peripheral nervous system (PNS) disease or disorder based on the detection and/or quantification of functional ATGR2 monomers/dimers and dysfunctional AGTR2 aggregates, preferably vs. a suitable (healthy) control. 
     In a further preferred embodiment, the method for the identification of TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions is performed by co-migration under reducing urea-containing SDS-PAGE. This method identifies TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions in a protein lysate from an organism, organ, organoid, and/or a cellular expression system (any cell, bacteria, yeast, eukaryotic cell, mammalian cell, rodent cell, primate cell, human cell; preferably HEK cell). Preferably the method applies brain, brain cortex or hippocampus, preferably hippocampus from mammals, primates, rodents, rat or mice, preferably Tg2576 AD mice. 
     In a typical preferred example, TOMM6-interacting compound or composition-interacting proteins, preferably Compound-1-interacting hippocampal proteins are isolated. Hippocampi can be isolated from 5-10 aged Tg2576 mice without or with transgenic TOMM6 expression, homogenized mechanically, manually) at a temperature ranging from −210° C. to +30° C., preferably under liquid nitrogen (temperature −210° C. to −196° C.), and extracted for 15 min-120 min, preferably 30 min at 4° C.-24° C. preferably at 4° C. with any standard solubilization buffer. Such a standard solubilisation buffer can be but is not restricted to RIPA (radioimmunoprecipitation assay) buffer, which can have (but is not restricted to) the following composition: sodium deoxycholate at a concentration of 0.1%-2%, preferably 1%, SDS at a concentration of 0.05%-2%, preferably 0.1%, NP40 (IGEPAL) ranging from 0.01%-0.5%, preferably 0.1%, EDTA, EGTA or other divalent cation chelator ranging from 0 mM to 20 mM, preferably 5 mM, Tris ranging from 5 mM-500 mM, preferably 50 mM with a pH ranging from pH6-pH10, preferably pH8.0) supplemented without or with additional salts (e.g. NaCl ranging from 0-500 mM) to modify ionic strength. The extraction buffer can also use chaotropic salts for protein extraction, e.g. guanidinium thiocyanate ranging from 0-5 M, preferably 4M, guanidine hydrochloride or urea ranging from 0-8 M, preferably 8 M. Such an extraction buffer can be supplemented without or with 25 mM sodium citrate (pH 7.0), 0.5% N-lauroylsarcosine, 0.1% 2-mercaptoethanol (added freshly). Another exemplary extraction buffer can be composed, e.g. of 300 mM NaCl, 50 mM HEPES; pH 7.5 and supplemented with 1% NP40 and protease inhibitor cocktail. Another standard protein extraction buffer for TOMM6 extraction is composed of 8 M urea, 300 mM NaCl, 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5. Any other buffer, which can be but is not restricted to PBS, PIPES, HEPES, or bicine, with a pH varying from pH 5-pH 10, preferably pH 6-9, supplemented with any state of the art detergent (anionic, cationic, non-ionic, Zwitterionic) is also suitable for extraction. Other suitable detergents or mixtures thereof include but are not limited to CHAPS, CHAPSO, NP40, N-lauroylsarcosine, C7BzO, ASB-14, n-Dodecyl beta-D-maltoside, Octyl beta-D-glucopyranoside, Octyl beta-D1-thioglucopyranoside, Polyoyethylene 10 tridecyl ether, Brij® 56, Triton X-100, 3-(Decyldimethylammonio)propanesulfonate inner salt. For protein extraction any commercially available protein extraction buffer or kit can be used such as but not restricted to T-PER Tissue Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), M-PER Mammalian Protein Extraction Reagent (ThermoFisher Scientific), Pierce IP Lysis buffer, any protein extraction kit from SigmaAldrich (PROTMEM, PROTTWO, PROTOT) supplemented with any state of the art cocktail of protease/phosphatase inhibitors (e.g. Cat. No. P8349, and/or PPC1010, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA). Solubilization can be enhanced by sonification. Particulate material can be removed. Methods for removal of insoluble materials include but are not limited to filtration or centrifugation at 5 000×g-100 000×g, preferably 50 000×g for 1-120 min, preferably 20 min at 4° C.-30° C., preferably 4° C. The supernatant is diluted 1:1-1:20, preferably 1:5, in a suitable buffer as used above (supplemented with protease inhibitors). To this solubilisate, the test compound or composition of interest, e.g. Compound-1 is added at a concentration of 1-1000 microM, preferably 10 microM. Buffer exchange for subsequent SDS-PAGE can be performed into Tris buffer ranging between 10-100 mM Tris, preferably 20 mM Tris between pH 6-10, preferably pH7.4 by a suitable method which includes but is not restricted to dialysis, gel filtration or centrifugation over Centrifugal Filter Units, preferably Amicon Ultra Centrifugal Filter Units (with a MWCO 3 kDa; EMD Millipore Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany). The concentrated proteins are dissolved in SDS-PAGE Laemmli sample buffer, which contains 2% SDS, 5% mercaptoethanol. To improve disaggregation of aggregated proteins, the buffer is supplemented without or with urea ranging from 0M-8 M, preferably 6 M urea and incubated for 10 min-24 h, preferably 90 min at room temperature. Solubilized proteins are subjected to 7-15%, preferably 8% SDS-PAGE under reducing conditions supplemented with urea. Compound or composition-interacting (e.g. Compound 1-interacting) proteins are identified by co-migration, protein bands are cut and subjected to nano-LC-ES-MS/MS (performed e.g. by Proteome Factory AG, Berlin, Germany). Proteins are identified using MS/MS ion search of the Mascot search engine (e.g. Matrix Science, London, England) and nr protein database (National Center for Biotechnology Information, Bethesda, MD). Ion charge in search parameters for ions from ESI-MS/MS data acquisition can be set to ‘1+, 2+, or 3+’ according to the common charge state distribution for the instrument and the method. 
     This method can be applied to any compound or composition of interest by labeling the compound with a radiolabel (e.g.  3 H,  125 I,  35 S,  33 S,  14 C) or a dye, e.g. a fluorescent dye (e.g. the BODIPY series fluorescent dyes). Subsequent detection involves, e.g. autoradiography, or UV-light detection. 
     The disclosed method to identify a TOMM6/Tomm6-interacting compound or composition, also includes quantitative determination of the direct Compound-TOMM6 interaction by immobilization of purified TOMM6 protein on another immobilization surface than a blot membrane, e.g. an ELISA plate (or any other reversible or irreversible immobilization surface) followed by incubation with the suspected TOMM6-interacting Compound at concentrations ranging from 1 nM-1 mM, preferably 20-50 microM in a physiological buffer that enables the Compound-TOMM6 interaction. After washing steps to remove unbound Compound of interest, the bound (labeled as above) Compound is quantified. Vice versa, the unlabeled suspected TOMM6-interacting compound can be immobilized and incubated with unlabeled or labeled TOMM6 protein, followed by washing steps and quantitative detection of bound (labeled) TOMM6 protein or (if TOMM6 was not directly labeled) by a secondary detection method, e.g. involving an antibody-based-detection method. 
     Another preferred method includes the detection of the TOMM6/Tomm6-interacting compound or composition by a label-free technique, e.g. by surface-plasmon resonance (SPR) with, e.g. a BiaCore instrument (GE Healthcare Life Sciences). A preferred method for the identification of a physiological effect or the treatment effect of a TOMM6- and TOMM6 homologue-interacting compound or composition also includes quantitation of TOMM6/Tomm6 levels by proteome analysis and sequencing, and determination of gene expression level by state of the art methods, which include but are not restricted to Northern blotting, microarray gene expression analysis, quantitative real-time RT-PCR, transcriptome sequencing, SAGE. 
     In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a non-human transgenic animal expressing a transgene for TOMM6 or TOMM6 homolog, preferably from human, mouse, rat, bovine, zebrafish, chimpanzee,  Canis familiaris,  or horse, preferably expressing a transgene for TOMM6 or a TOMM6 homolog having an amino acid sequence with at least 85% sequence identity to one of SEQ ID NOs: 1 to 3, preferably under control of a neuron-specific promoter, preferably selected from the group consisting of the synapsin I (SYN) promoter, the calcium/calmodulin-dependent protein kinase II promoter, the tubulin alpha I promoter, the neuron-specific enolase promoter, the platelet-derived growth factor beta chain promoter, the tyrosine hydroxylase promoter (Thy1.2 regulatory element), a prion protein promoter, the cytomegalovirus immediate-early promoter/enhancer (CMV promoter), the ubiquitous CAG promoter (CMV early enhancer/chicken beta actin promoter). and hybrid promoters comprising the cytomegalovirus promoter fused to a neuron-specific promoter, more preferably the SYN promoter, the Thy1.1 promoter, the mouse prion protein promoter and the hamster prion protein promoter. 
     In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a use of a transgenic animal of the present invention for identifying TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection, human papilloma virus (HPV) infection and a nervous system disease or disorder from the group consisting of: brain injuries; cerebrovascular diseases; consequences of cerebrovascular diseases; motor neuron disease; dementias; ALS; multiple sclerosis; traumatic brain injury; small-vessel cerebrovascular disease; familial forms of Alzheimer&#39;s Disease; sporadic forms of Alzheimer&#39;s Disease; vascular dementia; subcortical leukoencephalopathy and subcortical atherosclerotic encephalopathy; mixed forms of dementia; M. Parkinson; progressive supranuclear palsy and other forms of atypical parkinsonism; frontotemporal dementia; subcortical dementia; CADASIL (cerebral autosomal dominant arteriopathy with subcortical infarcts and leukoencephalopathy); cerebral palsy; encephalitis lethargica; corticobasal degeneration; multiple system atrophy; chronic traumatic encephalopathy; Lytico-Bodig disease; FTDP-17; Parkinson linked to chromosome-17; diabetic neuropathy; symptoms of depression and depression-related symptoms, preferably anhedonia and anorexia; schizophrenia with dementia; Korsakoff&#39;s psychosis; Lewy Body diseases; progressive supranuclear palsy; corticobasal degeneration; Pick&#39;s disease; Huntington&#39;s disease; thalamic degeneration; Creutzfeld-Jacob disease; HIV Dementia; disorders with mitochondrial dysfunction, preferably neurodegenerative diseases of aging; cognitive-related disorder; mild cognitive impairment; age-associated memory impairment; age-associated cognitive decline; vascular cognitive impairment; central and peripheral symptoms of atherosclerosis and ischemia; atherosclerosis-related cardiovascular diseases; stroke; perivascular disease; renal dysfunction and renal failure; stress-related disorders; attention deficit disorders; attention deficit hyperactivity disorders; and memory disturbances in children. 
     In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a method for identifying TOMM6-interacting compounds or compositions for use in the treatment of a nervous system disease or disorder, atherosclerosis, Hepatitis B infection and/or human papillomavirus (HPV) infection, comprising the steps of:
     (i) administering a compound of interest to a transgenic animal according to the present invention in a physiologically effective amount;   (ii) identifying a change in at least one TOMM6 and TOMM6 homolog-related physiological parameter in the transgenic animal; and   (iii) correlating the change in TOMM6 and TOMM6 homolog-related physiological parameter(s) in the transgenic animal with TOMM6- and TOMM6 homolog-interacting activity of the compound of interest.   

    
    
     
       The following Figures and Examples serve to illustrate the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention as described in the appended claims. 
         FIG. 1  shows the identification of a plant extract, which inhibits insoluble HBsAg aggregation in yeast. Immunoblot detection of HBsAg protein in yeast (IB: anti-SAG) showed that P1 extract from  Galium aparine  and P2 extract from  Galium verum  prevented insoluble HBsAg aggregation, which was induced by overexpression in yeast. Extracts from  Nardostachys jatamansi  (N),  Valeriana officinalis  radix (V),  Ruta graveolens  (R),  Cyperus esculentus  tuber (C), and  Myrrha commiphora  (M) had no effect. 
         FIG. 2  shows that plant extracts from  Galium aparine  and  Galium verum  and two active ingredients, alizarin and pseudopurpurin, prevent AT2R (AGTR2) aggregation in HEK cells. (A): The plant extract from  Galium aparine  (P1) promoted AT2R monomer formation in HEK cells. Extracts from  Myrrha commiphora  (M),  Ruta graveolens  (R),  Nardostachys jatamansi  (N),  Valeriana officinalis  radix (V), and  Cyperus esculentus  tuber (C) had no/less effect compared to untreated control HEK cells (−). HEK cells were incubated for 72 h with different plant extracts as indicated, and stable AT2R aggregates were detected in immunoblot. The lower blot is a loading control detecting Gnb. (B): Two different preparations of the P1 extract from  Galium aparine  (P1 and P1′), an extract from the related plant  Galium verum  (P2), and two major ingredients thereof, i.e. alizarin (C-1, Compound-1) and pseudopurpurin (C-2, Compound-2) prevented AT2R aggregation in HEK cells. AT2R aggregation was detected in immunoblot after incubation of HEK cells for 72 h. 
         FIG. 3 : shows that the P1 extract from  Galium aparine  and alizarin (Compound-1) retard Abeta plaque formation in Tg2576 mice, and PHF tau hyperphosphorylation and neuronal loss in Tg2576 AD mice subjected to CUMS. (A,B): The P1 extract and Compound-1 retard the accumulation of SDS-insoluble Abeta1-40 (A) and Abeta1-42 (B) in the hippocampus of 18 months-old Tg2576 AD mice. Mice were treated for 6 months starting at an age of 12 months. Untreated Tg2576 mice were used as controls {±s.d., n=4; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. untreated control; Tukey&#39;s test). (C) Quantification of hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau with [ 125 I]-labeled AT8 antibody in hippocampi isolated from 15 months-old Tg2576 mice subjected to the CUMS protocol for three months and treated during the CUMS protocol with P1 extract from  Galium aparine  and Compound-1 compared to untreated stressed (+CUMS) Tg2576 mice (±s.d., n=8; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. stressed (+CUMS) Tg2576 mice; Tukey&#39;s test). (D) Neuronal loss was determined by quantitative assessment of neuronal cell bodies by direct binding assay with [ 125 I]-labeled anti-NeuN antibody in hippocampi isolated from 15 months-old Tg2576 mice subjected to the CUMS protocol for three months and treated with P1 extract from  Galium aparine  and Compound-1 compared to untreated stressed (+CUMS) Tg2576 mice. Neuronal cell bodies are presented as percentage of 15-month-old untreated non-stressed Tg2576 controls (±s.d., n=8; ***, p&lt;0.001 and *, p&lt;0.05; vs. non-stressed Tg2576 controls; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. Tg2576+CUMS+P1 extract and Tg2576+CUMS+Compound-1; Tukey&#39;s test). 
         FIG. 4  shows that the P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  and alizarin (Compound-1) retard Abeta plaque formation in hippocampus and brain cortical areas of Tg2576 mice. (A) Immunohistological assessment of Abeta plaque load with Abeta-specific BAM-10 antibody detects decreased Abeta plaque load in hippocampal and frontal cortex areas from 18 months-old Tg2576 mice treated with P3 extract and Compound-1 for 6 months compared to untreated Tg2576 AD mice, bar: 200 micro-m. (B) Quantitative analysis of treatment effects of P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  L. and alizarin (Compound-1) by quantitation of hippocampal area covered by plaques (±s.d., n=8 mice/group; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. Tg2576 control; Tukey&#39;s test). 
         FIG. 5  shows that The P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  and pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) retard hippocampal Abeta peptide accumulation in Tg2576 mice, and PHF tau hyperphosphorylation and neuronal loss in Tg2576 AD mice subjected to CUMS. (A,B) The P3 extract and Compound-2 retard the accumulation of SDS-insoluble Abeta1-40 (A) and Abeta1-42 (A) in the hippocampus of 18 months-old Tg2576 AD mice. Mice were treated for 6 months starting at an age of 12 months. Untreated Tg2576 mice were used as controls {±s.d., n=4; **, p&lt;0.01; *, p&lt;0.05 vs. untreated control; Tukey&#39;s test). (B) Quantification of hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau with [ 125 I]-labeled AT8 antibody in hippocampi isolated from 15 months-old Tg2576 mice subjected to the CUMS protocol for three months and treated during the CUMS protocol with P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  L. and Compound-2 compared to untreated stressed (+CUMS) Tg2576 mice (±s.d., n=8; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. stressed (+CUMS) Tg2576 mice; Tukey&#39;s test). (D) Neuronal loss was determined by quantitative assessment of neuronal cell bodies by direct binding assay with [ 125 I]-labeled anti-NeuN antibody in hippocampi isolated from 15 months-old Tg2576 mice subjected to the CUMS protocol for three months and treated with P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  L. and Compound-2 compared to untreated stressed (+CUMS) Tg2576 mice. Neuronal cell bodies are presented as percentage of 15 month-old untreated non-stressed Tg2576 controls (±s.d., n=8; ***, p&lt;0.001 and *, p&lt;0.05; vs. non-stressed Tg2576 controls; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. Tg2576+CUMS+P1 extract and Tg2576+CUMS+Compound-1; Tukey&#39;s test). 
         FIG. 6  shows that the P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  L. and alizarin (Compound-1) retard PHF-Tau hyperphosphorylation in the Tg-TauP301L model of tauopathy. (A) Immunohistological detection of hippocampal PHF-Tau hyperphosphorylation was performed with anti-PHF antibody (AT8) on hippocampal sections of 12 months-old Tg-TauP301L mice after treatment for 6 months with P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  L. and Compound-1 compared to untreated 12-months-old Tg-TauP301L controls; bar: 40 micro-m. Immunohistology data are representative of 4 mice/group. (B) Quantitative determination of hippocampal Tau hyperphosphorylation in 12 months-old Tg-TauP301L mice after treatment for 6 months with P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  L. and Compound-1 compared to untreated Tg-TauP301L controls was performed by direct binding assay with [ 125 I]-labeled AT8 antibody (±s.d., n=8, ***, p&lt;0.001; vs. Tg-Tau-P301L, Tukey&#39;s Test). 
         FIG. 7  shows the identification of Tomm6 as an interacting/stabilizing protein of Compound-1, Compound-2, and extract P1 and P3 from  Galium aparine  and  Rubia cordifolia  L. (A) Solubilized hippocampal proteins from Tg2576 mice were incubated with Compound-1 at a concentration of 10 microM, proteins were concentrated by centrifugation over Amicon Ultra Centrifugal Filter Units (MWCO 3 kDa), and separated by urea-containing SDS-PAGE under reducing conditions. Compound-1-interacting proteins were identified by co-migration, the protein band was cut and subjected to protein identification. Nano-LC-ESI-MS/MS analysis identified Tomm6 as a hippocampal protein, which interacts with Compound-1. (B, C) Immunoblot detection of hippocampal Tomm6 in aged 18-month-old Tg2576 mice without (Cont.) and with 6 months of treatment with Compound-1 (Comp-1) and Compound-2 (Comp-2) is shown in panels (B) and treatment with P1 extract from  Galium aparine  (P1) and P3 from  Rubia cordifolia  L. (P3) is shown in panel (C). The lower panels show control immunoblots detecting Atp6v1a (V-type protein ATPase catalytic subunit A); (B, left panel n=4 mice/group; B, right panel n=5 mice/group; C, n=5 treated mice/group and n=4 controls). 
         FIG. 8  shows the construction of TOMM6 expression plasmid. (A) Insertion of TOMM6 cDNA into EcoRI and XhoI sites of pcDNA3.1 expression plasmid. (B) Sequences of PCR-primers used for construction of TOMM6-pcDNA3.1 plasmid, and for genotyping PCR are given. 
         FIG. 9  shows that TOMM6 enhances AT2R (AGTR2) protein folding in cells. (A) Exogenous co-expression of TOMM6 with AT2R-Cer in HEK cells significantly increased cell surface AT2R-Cer (AGTR2-Cerulean) protein levels as determined by fluorescence spectrophotometry of AT2R-Cer (±s.d., n=8). (B) Expression of TOMM6 with AT1R-Cer in HEK cells significantly decreased cell surface AT1R-Cer (AGTR1-Cerulean) protein levels (±s.d., n=8). 
         FIG. 10  shows the generation of Tg-TOMM6 mice with neuron-specific expression of TOMM6. (A) Construction of the plasmid used for generation of Tg-TOMM6 mice. The cDNA encoding TOMM6 was inserted into the SalI site of the CosS. Ha. Tet vector. (B, C) Identification of double-transgenic Tg-2576-TOMM6 mice by genotyping PCR. Primer sequences for detection of TOMM6-transgen (B), and APPSwe-transgene are given (C). As an internal control, the endogenous Prp was co-amplified (C). 
         FIG. 11  shows that transgenic TOMM6 expression retards major neuropathological features in the hippocampus of Tg2576 AD mice. (A): Immunoblot detection of hippocampal content of TOMM6/Tomm6 protein in 18 months-old double-transgenic Tg2576-TOMM6 mice (n=10) relative to single-transgenic Tg2576 controls (n=8). The lower panel shows a control immunoblot detecting mitochondrial Atp6v1a (V-type protein ATPase catalytic subunit A). (B, C): Transgenic expression of TOMM6 retarded the accumulation of SDS-insoluble Abeta1-40 (B) and Abeta1-42 (C) in the hippocampus of 18 months-old double-transgenic Tg2576-TOMM6 mice compared to single-transgenic Tg2576 control mice (±s.d., n=8 (Tg2576) and n=10 (Tg2576-TOMM6); ***, p&lt;0.0001. (D): Transgenic TOMM6 expression led to a decreased hippocampal content of hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau (detected with AT8 antibody) in 15 months-old Tg2576-TOMM6 mice with 3 months of CUMS (±s.d., n=8; ***, p=0.0003). (E) Transgenic TOMM6 expression prevented the hippocampal neuronal loss (detected with anti-NeuN antibody) in 15 months-old Tg2576-TOMM6 mice with 3 months of CUMS compared to single-transgenic Tg2576 mice subjected to CUMS (±s.d., n=8; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. Tg2576-Cont, Tg2576-TOMM6, and Tg2576-TOMM6+CUMS; *p&lt;0.05 vs. Tg2576-Cont.; Tukey&#39;s test). 
         FIG. 12  shows that compounds 3-6, which are not antioxidants, increase neuroprotective TOMM6 in HEK cells. (A): Immunoblot detection of TOMM6 protein in HEK cells cultured for 60 h without (control) or with compound-3, compound-4, compound-5, and compound-6 (final concentration 20 microM). The lower panel shows chemical formulas of compounds. (B-E): Analytical HPLC and ESI-MS data of compound-3 (B), compound-4 (C), compound-5 (D), and compound-6 (E). 
         FIG. 13  shows that compounds 7-10, which are not antioxidants, increase neuroprotective TOMM6 in HEK cells. (A): Immunoblot detection of TOMM6 protein in HEK cells cultured for 60 h without (control) or with compound-7, compound-8, compound-9, and compound-10 (final concentration 20 microM). The lower panel shows chemical formulas of compounds. (B-E): Analytical HPLC and ESI-MS data of compound-7 (B), compound-8 (C), compound-9 (D), and compound-10 (E). 
         FIG. 14  shows that TOMM6-interacting compound-4 and compound-7 inhibit symptoms of AD and neurodegeneration in AD model mice. (A): Treatment with compound-4 and compound-7 of Tg2576 AD mice imposed to chronic mild stress by the CUMS protocol led to an increased hippocampal Tomm6 protein content (n=5-6 mice/group). (B): Treatment for 6 months with Tomm6-interacting compound-4 and compound-7 inhibited accumulation of aggregated hippocampal Abeta1-40 and Abeta1-42 in 18-month-old Tg2576 AD mice (±s.d., n=4, **, p&lt;0.01; ***, p&lt;0.001; Tukey&#39;s test). (C,D): Compound-4 and compound-7 inhibited hippocampal PHF tau hyperphosphorylation (C) and hippocampal neuronal loss (D) in 15 month-old Tg2576 AD mice subjected to the CUMS protocol (±s.d., n=8, ***, p&lt;0.001; Tukey&#39;s test). 
         FIG. 15  shows formulas of alizarin (Compound-1) and pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) compared to dolutegravir and emodin. A, Formula of Compound-1 and Compound-2. B, Formula of the tricyclic metal cation-binding dolutegravir, which is not a Tomm6 inducer (cf.  FIG. 16 ) and has neuropsychiatric side effects. C, Formula of emodin, which is toxic, causes diarrhea, and leads to decreased food intake and weight loss (cf.  FIG. 16 ). 
         FIG. 16  shows analysis of emodin in vivo. A, Body weight of 12-week-old B6 mice after treatment for 4 weeks without (Control) and with alizarin (Compound-1), pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) or emodin at a once daily oral dose of 100 mg/kg/day. B, Daily food intake of B6 mice during four weeks (8-12 weeks of age) of treatment without and with alizarin (Compound-1), pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) or emodin at a once daily oral dose of 100 mg/kg/day. Data shown in A and B are means±s.d. (n=10; *, p&lt;0.05 and **, p&lt;0.01 vs. emodin, Tukey&#39;s test). C, Formulas indicating the positions of claimed halogen and fluorine-substitutions of anthrachinone compounds. D, Immunoblot detection of HBsAg protein in yeast (IB: SAG) shows that alizarin (C-1: 10 microg/ml; C-1′: 1 microg/ml) prevents HBsAg aggregation, which is induced by overexpression in yeast. E, Treatment effect of topical Compound-1 treatment on wart lesion size of six voluntary research participants. Topical treatment was performed with Compound-1-containing hydrogel (0.2%) and vehicle (placebo). The numbers of warts with complete response and partial response are given (upper panel). The lower panel shows the total number of warts before and after treatment with Compound-1 (left) and with placebo (right). Statistical significance is indicated (paired t-test). 
         FIG. 17 . Alizarin retards the development of atherosclerosis in ApoE-deficient mice as a model of atherosclerosis. A, Atherosclerotic lesion area in the aorta of 9-month-old ApoE-deficient (ApoE−/−) mice treated without (ApoE−/−) and with alizarin (ApoE−/−+Alizarin (C-1) for 8 months. The left panel shows representative oil red O-stained aortas, and the right panel shows quantitative data (mean±s.d.; n=4; ***, p&lt;0.001, unpaired Student&#39;s t-test). B, Plasma cholesterol levels of untreated ApoE−/−, alizarin-treated ApoE−/−, and untreated non-transgenic B6 control mice (mean±s.d.; n=4; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. ApoE−/− and ApoE−/−+Alizarin, Tukey&#39;s test). C,D,E, Aortic gene expression data of pro-atherogenic Ccr9 (C; probe set name: 1427419_a_at), and the neuronal marker genes Npy (D; probe set name: 419127_at) and Snap25 (E; probe set name: 1416828_at). Aortic gene expression data are from two gene chips per group each performed with RNA from three aortas (mean±s.d.; n=2; ***, p&lt;0.01 vs. ApoE−/− (C), ***, p&lt;0.01 vs. ApoE−/−+Alizarin and B6 (D,E), Tukey&#39;s test). 
         FIG. 18  shows the pharmacokinetic characterization of alizarin (Compound-1) in dogs and rats. A, Calibration curve for quantitative determination of alizarin (Compound-1) concentration in serum by HPLC shows good linearity in the concentration range of 500 ng/ml-500 microg/ml. B, Serum concentration of alizarin in dogs was determined by HPLC after repeated intake of alizarin for 4 weeks at a once daily oral dose of 2 mg/kg and 6 mg/kg. Serum was taken at the indicated time points after drug intake at t=0 (mean±s.d.; n=3). C, Representative HPLC chromatograms of alizarin detection in serum taken from dogs without alizarin treatment (upper left panel) and with oral alizarin (Compound-1) treatment for 4 weeks at a once daily oral dose of 6 mg/kg/d. Serum was taken at the indicated time points after oral intake of 6 mg/kg of alizarin. During the extraction of alizarin from serum, samples were concentrated 10-fold before HPLC analysis. D, Peak serum concentrations of alizarin (Compound-1) in dogs and rats were determined by HPLC after repeated once daily oral intake of the indicated dose of alizarin for 4 weeks. Serum was taken at t=1 h after drug intake (mean±s.d., n=3). 
         FIG. 19  shows a sub-chronic toxicity study of alizarin in rats, which documents a wide therapeutic index. A-I, Sub-chronic toxicity of alizarin was analysed in rats by treatment for 3 months with a once daily oral dose of alizarin of 25 mg/kg/day, 50 mg/kg/day and 100 mg/kg/day starting at an age of 4 weeks. Alizarin at a once daily oral dose of 100 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg and 25 mg/kg had no significant adverse effect regarding body weight (A), liver weight (B), heart weight (C), kidney weight (D), and serum levels of calcium (E), creatinine (F), blood urea nitrogen (BUN; G), alanine transaminase (ALT; H) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST; I). Data are presented as mean±s.d. (n=5). J, Histopathologic analysis of hematoxylin-eosin-stained paraffin sections of heart (left), liver (middle) and kidney (right) showed no adverse effects of alizarin in rats upon alizarin treatment for 3 months at a once daily oral dose of 100 mg/kg (+C-1, 100 mg/kg). Sections are representative of five animals per group. 
         FIG. 20  shows pharmacokinetic data of Compound-7 in dogs and rats. A, HPLC chromatograms of Compound-7 detection in serum of dogs after repeated once daily oral intake of 12.5 mg/kg and 5 mg/kg of Compound-7. Serum was taken at t=1 h after drug intake. B, Peak serum concentrations of Compound-7 in dogs after repeated once daily oral intake of 12.5 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg and 2 mg/kg, and in rats dosed with 20 mg/kg/d (mean±s.d.; n=3). C, Serum concentration of Compound-7 in rats after repeated once daily oral intake of 20 mg/kg/d. Serum was taken from rats at the indicated time points after oral intake of 20 mg/kg of Compound-7 at t=0 (mean±s.d.; n=3). 
         FIG. 21  shows the development of Compound-10F. A, Formula of Compound-10F (4-(4-fluorophenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxamide), which is the fluorine-substituted analogue of Compound-10. B, HPLC chromatogram of Compound-10F. C, ESI mass spectrometry analysis of Compound-10F. D-G, Chemical synthesis steps for Compound-10F. The analogous synthesis route was also used for synthesis of Compound-10 and Compound-7. 
         FIG. 22  shows pharmacokinetic data of Compound-10F. A, HPLC chromatogram of Compound-10F spiked into rat serum at a concentration of 100 microg/ml. B-H, HPLC chromatograms of Compound-10F detection in rat serum after repeated oral intake of a once daily dose of 20 mg/kg. Rat serum was taken at the indicated time points after oral intake of Compound-10F. I, Serum concentration of Compound-10F in rats after repeated once daily oral intake of 20 mg/kg/d. Serum was taken from rats at the indicated time points after oral intake of 20 mg/kg of Compound-10F at t=0 (mean±s.d.; n=3). J, Peak serum concentrations of Compound-10F in dogs after repeated once daily oral intake of 6 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg and 2 mg/kg, and in rats dosed with 20 mg/kg/d (mean±s.d.; n=3). 
         FIG. 23  shows that Compound-10F is a Tomm6 inducer and retards symptoms of AD and neurodegeneration in vivo. A, Immunoblot detection of Tomm6 in hippocampal tissue of 15-month-old Tg2576 AD mice subjected to CUMS for three months and treated with Compound-10 and Compound-10F (10 mg/kg/d) during the CUMS protocol. The left panel shows immunoblot detection of hippocampal Tomm6, and the right panel shows quantitative data (mean±s.d., n=3; **, p&lt;0.01 vs. untreated Tg2576+CUMS Control mice, Tukey&#39;s test). B, Hippocampal PHF-Tau content of Tg-2576 AD mice subjected to CUMS for three months and treated with Compound-10 and Compound-10F (10 mg/kg/d) during the CUMS protocol (mean±s.d.; n=6; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. untreated Tg2576+CUMS mice, Tukey&#39;s test). C, CUMS-induced hippocampal neuronal loss was determined with anti-NeuN antibody of Tg2576 AD mice subjected to CUMS for three months and treated with Compound-10 and Compound-10F (10 mg/kg/d) during the CUMS protocol (mean±s.d.; n=6; ***, p&lt;0.001 vs. untreated Tg2576+CUMS mice, Tukey&#39;s test). Age-matched Tg2576 AD mice without CUMS served as controls (column 1). 
         FIG. 24  shows that Compound-10F prevents hippocampal PHF tau hyperphosphorylation and peripheral Agtr2 (AT2R) aggregation in the CUMS model with early symptoms of sporadic AD. A, Immunoblot detection of hippocampal hyperphosphorylated PHF tau in aged, 16-month-old rats with 4 weeks of CUMS without (CUMS control) and with treatment with Compound-10F during the CUMS protocol (CUMS+10F). The left panel shows immunoblot detection of hippocampal hyperphosphorylated PHF tau, and the right panel shows quantitative data (±s.d.; n=4; unpaired t-test). B, Immunoblot detection of Agtr2 (AT2R) in peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) of aged 16-month-old rats with 4 weeks of CUMS and treatment without (CUMS) and with Compound-10F during the CUMS protocol (CUMS+10F). The left panel shows immunoblot detection of Agtr2 (AT2R) in PBMCs, and the right panel shows quantitative data of Agtr2 monomer contents (±s.d.; n=3 (CUMS); n=4 (CUMS+10F); unpaired t-test). C, Quantitative determination of aggregated Agtr2 protein and total Agtr2 protein by ELISA of PBMC of rats subjected to CUMS without (CUMS control) and with Compound-10F treatment during the CUMS protocol (CUMS+10F) (±s.d., n=4; p-values are indicated and were determined with the unpaired t-test). D, Quantitative determination of aggregated AGTR2 protein content by ELISA in PBMC of human Alzheimer Disease (AD) patients and age-matched healthy controls without dementia (±s.d.; n=6; the p-value was determined with the unpaired t-test). 
     
    
    
     EXAMPLE 1 
     Materials and Methods 
     Animal Models and Generation of Tg-TOMM6 Mice 
     
         
         (a) Tg2576 mice (Taconic Biosciences, Rensselaer, N.Y., USA) with overexpression of human APP695 with the double mutation K670N/M671L were used as a genetic model of familial AD (FAD) (see Hsiao et al., Science 274, 99-103 (1996)). 
         (b) Tg-TauP301L mice (Model 2508, Taconic Biosciences, Rensselaer, N.Y., USA) with neuron-specific expression of the most common FTDP-17 (frontotemporal dementia and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17) mutation (Lewis et al., Nature Genetics 25, 402-405 (2000)). 
         (c) To generate Tg-TOMM6 mice, the cDNA of TOMM6 was inserted into the SalI site of the CosSHa. Tet vector (InPro Biotechnology Inc. San Francisco, Calif., USA), which directs neuron-specific expression under control of the Syrian hamster prion protein (HaPrP) promoter (Hsiao et al., Science 274, 99-103 (1996), Scott et al., Protein Sci. 1, 986-997 (1992)). Plasmid sequences were removed by NotI digestion. The purified linear DNA (2 ng/microL) was injected into fertilized oocytes dissected out from super-ovulated mice (FVB or B6 (C57BL/6J) mice). For DNA injection, oocytes were kept in M2 medium. After DNA injection, injected embryos were transferred into M16 medium and incubated overnight in M16 medium in the presence of 10% CO 2  at 37° C. in a humidified incubator. Thereafter, double-cell stage embryos were selected and transferred into the oviduct of pseudo-pregnant CD-1 foster mice. Pseudopregnancy was induced by overnight breeding with an infertile (vasectomized) male and detected by the presence of a vaginal plug. After birth, genomic DNA from F0 mice was isolated from ear punch biopsies taken at 3-4 weeks of age. Mice with stable genomic integration of the TOMM6 transgene were identified by genotyping PCR and used for further breeding. Tg-CMV-TOMM6 mice with transgenic TOMM6 expression under control of the ubiquitous CMV immediate-early promoter/enhancer were also generated, which directs ubiquitous expression of a transgene (Fu et al., J. Biol. Chem. 288, 7738-7766 (2013)). For ubiquitous expression, the cDNA coding for TOMM6 was inserted into EcoRI and XhoI sites of pcDNA3.1 plasmid; Thermo Fisher Scientific, Waltham, Mass., USA). Transgenic mice were generated as detailed above. 
         (d) As a model, which reproduces major features of sporadic AD and depression, 15 months-old male rats (Sprague Dawley) were aged according to the CUMS protocol for 4 weeks. The following stimuli were administered each week in a random order: two periods (7 h and 17 h) of 45° cage tilt; soaked cage for 17 h; food deprivation (24 h) and water deprivation (12 h), twice a week; paired housing (17 h); overnight illumination during the dark phase, twice a week; noise (85 dB) in the room for 5 h, twice a week; flashing light (60 flashes/min) for 6 h, three times a week (AbdAlla et al., Biomed. Res. Int. 2015: 917156 (2015); El-faramawy et al., Pharmacol. Biochem. Behav. 91, 339-344 (2009)). The sucrose preference test (2% sucrose in water) was done immediately after a period of food and water deprivation. After four weeks of stress, more than 90% of untreated stressed rats showed signs of anhedonia, which was documented by a decreased sucrose consumption in the sucrose preference test 50% compared to non-stressed, age-matched control group and/or the stressed group treated with Compound-10F). As indicated, representative compounds (e.g. Compound-10F; 10 mg/kg body weight per day) were added to drinking water. The CUMS protocol was similarly performed with 12 months-old male Tg2576 mice for 3 months. 
         (e) Extracts and compounds: As indicated, extract P1 from  Galium aparine,  extract P3 from  Rubia cordifolia  L., and small-molecule compounds (Compound-1, Compound-2, Compound-4, and Compound-7, Compound-10F: 10 mg/kg body weight/d) were added to drinking water. Compound-1 (alizarin; 1,2-dihydroxyanthraquinone) was purchased from Sigma (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA), and Compound-2 (pseudopurpurin, purpurin-3-carboxylic acid) was isolated from  Rubia tinctorum  according to established protocols (Richter D., Biochem. J. 31, 591-595 (1937); Derksen et al., Phytochem. Anal. 15, 397-406 (2004)). Synthesis of Compound-4, Compound-7 and Compound-10F is described below. Plant extracts were made by decoction of dried plant material for 1 h in boiling water (200 g pulverized dried plant material/1 L water). For in vivo treatment, the plant extract was filtered, and the alizarin/anthraquinone content was adjusted to an amount of 0.05-0.1 mg/ml of alizarin by thin layer chromatography (TLC silica gel precoated plates 60F254 Merck, Darmstadt, Germany; mobile phase toluene/ethyl acetate/formic acid (70:25:5) or dichloromethane:methanol (9:1); visualization by visible light, UV 254 nm, 366 nm and/or by Bornträger reaction with KOH reagent (5-10% KOH in methanol)). For incubation with HEK cells, the plant extract was further concentrated by rotary evaporation to a final volume of 10 ml, filtrated and added to the cell culture medium (20 micro-l/10 ml medium). 
         (f) Treatments: Treatment of the Tg2576 model was performed for six months without CUMS, or for three months (during the CUMS protocol), starting at an age of 12 months. Treatment of the Tg-TauP301L model was started at an age of 6 months and continued until 12 months. As a model, which reproduces major features of sporadic AD, aged 15 months-old male rats were subjected to the CUMS protocol for 4 weeks similarly as described (AbdAlla et al., Biomed. Res. Int. 2015: 917156 (2015)). All mice/rats were kept on a light/dark cycle of 12 h light/12 h dark, had free access to food and water (unless the CUMS protocol required a restriction) and were fed a standard rodent chow. At the end of the observation period, mice or rats were anesthetized (i.p.) with tribromoethanol (250 mg/kg) or urethane (1.2 g/kg), perfused intracardially with sterile PBS, and brains were isolated, and processed for histology or biochemical analyses. For protein extraction, hippocampi were dissected and immediately frozen in liquid nitrogen. All animal experiments were performed in accordance with NIH guidelines and approved by the local committees on animal experiments (University of Zurich Switzerland and Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Cairo University). 
       
    
     Animal Model of Atherosclerosis 
     ApoE−/− mice (Taconic Biosciences, Rensselaer, N.Y., USA) with deficiency of apolipoprotein E (ApoE−/−) due to disruption of the endogenous ApoE gene were used as a genetic model of atherosclerosis (Piedrahita et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 89, 4471-4475, 1992). Atherosclerotic lesion area was determined by quantitative image analysis with oil red O-stained aortas. Total plasma cholesterol was determined by a commercial kit (Sigma). Mice were kept on a 12 h dark and 12 h light cycle, had free access to food and water, and were fed a standard rodent chow (AIN-95-based diet without vitamin E supplementation and with 7% fat and 0.15% cholesterol). For the study, we used ApoE−/− mice on a B6 (C57BL/6J) background and non-transgenic B6 control mice. Alizarin treatment (10 mg/kg/day in drinking water) was initiated at an age of 4 weeks and continued for eight months until the end of the observation period. At an age of 9 months, mice were anesthetized (ketamine/xylazine, 100/10 mg/kg) and perfused intracardially with sterile PBS. Aortas were isolated, rapidly dissected free of adipose tissue on ice and immediately frozen in liquid nitrogen or processed for further use. 
     Clinical Study in Voluntary Research Participants 
     The study analyzed the treatment effect of topical administration of Compound-1 on warts. The study was performed according to the study protocol. Study design: The study was a phase-1, placebo-controlled study of Compound-1. The primary end-point was safety and tolerability. Secondary objectives were treatment effects on wart lesion size. The study included a cohort of 6 voluntary research participants (6 males; age 36-72 years; all Caucasians) with diagnosed flat warts. A total number of 94 lesions were treated with Compound-1. Vehicle-treated warts (n=88) of each participant served as placebo group. Study participants received once daily topical applications of a Compound-1-containing hydrogel (0.2%) or vehicle for 3 weeks. The study participants were under the medical supervision of Dr. Raafat Mahmood Fawzy (Clinical Director, Rabaa El Adaweya Medical Central Hospital, Cairo, Egypt). Clinical laboratory parameters of all research participants were within the normal range before, during the study and after completion of the study (observation period 4 weeks). There were no adverse effects in the study. Notably, there were no skin irritations, pain or other treatment-related adverse effects. The study protocol was conducted in accordance with the Declaration of Helsinki. All research participants provided written informed consent before participation. Research participants had the possibility to withdraw at any time from the study. But all participants wanted to complete the study. 
     Compound Synthesis 
     Compounds 3-10 and 10F were synthesized by EMC microcollections GmbH (Tübingen, Germany) and by ChiroBlock (Wolfen, Germany), according to established published protocols. Synthesis was performed by chemical synthesis methods, which were adapted from established protocols (for compound-3, compound-4, compound-5, compound-6: Singh et al., Organic Letters 14, 1198-1201 (2012); for compound-7, compound-8, compound-9, compound-10: Kaczanowska et al., J. Heterocyclic Chem. 48, 792 (2011), Kaczanowska et al., ACS Med. Chem. Lett. 1, 530-535 (2010)) and as detailed in  FIGS. 21D-G . 
     Antibodies 
     The following antibodies were used for immunoblotting and immunohistology: Abeta plaques were stained with monoclonal mouse antibody BAM-10 (crossreactive with residues 1-12 of the Abeta peptide, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA); antibodies against AT2R (AGTR2) were raised in rabbit against an antigen encompassing amino acids 320-349 of the human AT2R (AGTR2) sequence (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 276, 39721-39726 (2001); J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6566-6574 (2009). HBsAg was detected with polyclonal antibodies raised against an antigen encompassing amino acids 1-20 of surface antigen HBsAg, and by a monoclonal HBsAg antibody produced in mouse (SAB4700767, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA). Suitable antibodies for detection of HBsAg expression, aggregation and monomerization were also isolated from human blood from individuals undergoing vaccination against Hepatitis B. Antibodies against TOMM6 were raised in rabbit against a recombinant human TOMM6 protein (HPA004801, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA); polyclonal antibodies were also raised in rabbit against a synthetic peptide encompassing amino acids 24-74 of human TOMM6 (ab205396; Abcam Cambridge, Mass., USA). PHF-Tau was detected with monoclonal AT8 antibody (MN1020; Thermo Fisher Scientific, Waltham, Mass., USA). Mouse monoclonal anti-NeuN antibody was raised against the neuron-specific protein NeuN (MAB377, clone A60, EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany). Antibody against ATP6V1A was raised in rabbit against a recombinant fragment corresponding to amino acids 60-344 of human ATP6V1A (ab137574; Abcam, Cambridge, Mass., USA). 
     Immunohistochemistry 
     For Abeta plaque detection by immunohistology, paraffin-embedded brain sections (8 microm, 10-15 sections/brain taken at 30-50 microm intervals) were prepared from sham-treated Tg2576 mice (controls), and Tg2576 mice with 6 months of treatment with P3 extract and Compound-1, respectively. After antigen retrieval, sections were stained with monoclonal BAM-10 antibody (Sigma Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA), which cross-reacts with residues 1-12 of the Abeta peptide. Plaque burden was analyzed by computerized quantitative image analysis (AbdAlla et al., Int. J. Mol. Sci. 14, 16917-16942 (2013)). Hyperphosphorylated Tau was detected with AT8 antibody on paraffin-embedded brain sections from 12 months-old Tg-TauP301L mice (Model 2508, Taconic Biosciences, Rensselaer, N.Y., USA) without and with treatment with P3 extract, and Compound-1 for 6 months. 
     Expression of HBsAg in Yeast 
     Recombinant HBsAg cDNA (synthesized by GeneScript, Piscataway, N.J., USA) was inserted into the expression vector p42K-TEF (D3011001-1 Dualsystems Biotech AG, Zurich). Yeast transformants were selected in the presence of G418 in the yeast growth medium (YPD; Bacto-yeast extract 10 g/L, Bacto-peptone 20 g/L and D-Glucose 20%). Yeast ( Saccharomyces cerevisae ) strain INVSc1 was used (Invitrogen GmbH, Nr. C810-00). After 3-4 days of cultivation to allow for protein expression, yeast cells were harvested by centrifugation, followed by washing with ice-cold PBS. The yeast cell pellet was immediately frozen at −70° C. Proteins were extracted for 30 min. at 4° C. with solubilization buffer (1% sodium deoxycholate, 0.1% SDS, 0.1% NP40, 5 mM EDTA, 50 mM Tris, pH 8.0) supplemented with protease/phosphatase inhibitors (Cat. No. P8349, and/or PPC1010, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA). Particulate material was removed by centrifugation at 50 000×g for 20 min at 4° C. Solubilized proteins were concentrated and delipidated by precipitation with ice-cold acetone/methanol (12:2, final concentration 83%) for 90 min at 4° C. The pellet was dissolved in SDS-sample buffer supplemented with 2% SDS, 0.1 M DTT (or 5% mercaptoethanol), and 6 M urea for 90 min at room temperature. Proteins were stored at a concentration of 0.5 mg-1 mg/ml at −70° C. for further use. Protein were separated by urea-containing SDS-PAGE (7.5-10%) under reducing conditions, transferred to PVDF membranes by electrophoretic protein transfer in a tank transfer cell (Mini Trans-Blot cell, Bio-Rad GmbH, Munchen, Germany), and transferred HBsAg proteins were detected in immunoblot with HBsAg-specific antibodies raised in rabbit against an N-terminal epitope of HBsAg, or by a monoclonal HBsAg antibody produced in mouse (SAB4700767, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA). Suitable antibodies for detection of HBsAg expression and aggregation were also isolated from human blood from individuals undergoing vaccination against Hepatitis B. Bound antibodies were visualized with F(ab) 2  fragments of enzyme-coupled secondary antibodies (Dianova GmbH, Hamburg, Germany), or by enzyme-coupled protein A (EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany), and followed by enhanced chemiluminescent detection (ECL Prime, Amersham, GE Healthcare Life Sciences, Glattbrugg, Switzerland). 
     Nano-LC-ESI-MS/MS 
     To isolate Compound-1-interacting hippocampal proteins, hippocampi were isolated from 5-10 aged Tg2576 mice, pulverized under liquid nitrogen and solubilized for 30 min at 4° C. in solubilization buffer (1% sodium deoxycholate, 0.05% SDS, 0.05% Tween 20 in PBS, pH 7.4, supplemented with protease inhibitors). Insoluble material was removed by centrifugation. The supernatant was diluted 1:5 in PBS (supplemented with protease inhibitors). To this solubilisate, Compound-1 was added at a concentration of 10 μM. Buffer exchange into 20 mM Tris pH 7.4 was performed by centrifugation over Amicon Ultra Centrifugal Filter Units (MWCO 3 kDa; EMD Millipore Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany). The concentrated proteins were dissolved in Laemmli sample buffer (Bio-Rad GmbH, Munchen, Germany) supplemented with mercaptoethanol (355 mM) and subjected to 8% SDS-PAGE under reducing conditions. Compound-1-interacting proteins were identified by co-migration, protein bands were cut and subjected to nano-LC-ES-MS/MS (performed by Proteome Factory AG, Berlin, Germany). Proteins were identified using MS/MS ion search of the Mascot search engine (Matrix Science, London, England) and nr protein database (National Center for Biotechnology Information, Bethesda, MD). Ion charge in search parameters for ions from ESI-MS/MS data acquisition were set to ‘1+, 2+, or 3+’ according to the common charge state distribution for the instrument and the method. 
     Immunoblot Detection of Proteins and Biochemical Analyses 
     Immunoblot detection of PHF-Tau in the hippocampus of stressed rats subjected to the CUMS protocol was performed with monoclonal PHF (AT8) antibody and the guanidine-hydrochloride-extracted hippocampal protein fraction (6.25 M guanidine hydrochloride in 50 mM Tris, pH 8.0). Proteins were separated by 8% urea-containing SDS-PAGE under reducing conditions. SDS-insoluble hippocampal contents of Abeta1-40 and Abeta1-42 were determined by ELISA after serial tissue extraction in the presence of protease inhibitors according to the protocol of the manufacturer (Invitrogen KHB3481 and KHB3441). 
     For immunoblot detection of (hippocampal or HEK cell) proteins, e.g. Tomm6/TOMM6 and Atp6v1a/ATP6V1A, (hippocampal) tissue was pulverized under liquid nitrogen, and HEK cell pellets were directly subjected to protein extraction. Proteins were extracted for 30 min at 4° C. with solubilization buffer (1% sodium deoxycholate, 0.1% SDS, 0.1% NP40, 5 mM EDTA, 50 mM Tris, pH 8.0) supplemented with protease/phosphatase inhibitors (Cat. No. P8349, and/or PPC1010, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo., USA). Particulate material was removed by centrifugation at 50 000×g for 20 min at 4° C. Solubilized proteins were concentrated and delipidated by precipitation with ice-cold acetone/methanol (12:2, final concentration 83%) for 90 min at 4° C. The pellet was dissolved in SDS-sample buffer supplemented with 2% SDS, 0.1 M DTT (or 5% mercaptoethanol), and 6 M urea for 90 min at room temperature. Proteins were stored at a concentration of 0.5 mg-1 mg/ml at −70° C. for further use. Immunoblot detection of proteins was performed with affinity-purified antibodies or F(ab) 2  fragments of the respective antibodies after separation of proteins by urea-containing SDS-PAGE (7.5%-10%) under reducing conditions and electrophoretic protein transfer to PVDF membranes in a tank transfer cell (Mini Trans-Blot cell, Bio-Rad GmbH, Munchen, Germany). Bound antibodies were visualized with F(ab) 2  fragments of enzyme-coupled secondary antibodies (Dianova GmbH, Hamburg, Germany) pre-absorbed to mouse serum proteins, or by enzyme-coupled protein A (EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany) as applicable, and followed by enhanced chemiluminescent detection (ECL Plus, and/or ECL Prime, Amersham, GE Healthcare Life Sciences, Glattbrugg, Switzerland). 
     Proteins were also extracted from yeast cells and HEK cells expressing the indicated protein (i.e. HBsAg or AGTR2) as described above. Neuronal cell loss and hyperphosphorylated Tau in hippocampi of 15 months-old Tg2576 mice subjected to the CUMS protocol for 3 months was determined with crude homogenates of dissected hippocampi by direct binding assay with neuron-specific [ 125 I]-labeled anti-NeuN antibody (MAB377, clone A60, EMD Millipore, Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany) and [ 125 I]-labeled AT8 antibody similarly as described (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6554-6565 (2009)). 
     Pharmacokinetic and Toxicology Studies in Rats and Dogs 
     Sub-chronic toxicity studies in dogs (German Shepherd dogs) and rats (Sprague Dawley rats) were performed by the Center of Applied Analytical and Veterinary Studies, Cairo, Egypt. 
     Measurement of Serum Level of Alizarin (Compound-1), Compound-7 and Compound-10F in Dogs and Rats 
     Serum concentrations of alizarin were determined with serum isolated from the blood of male and female German shepherd dogs (age: 8-9 months) taken at different time points (0.5 h, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 8 h, 24 h) after oral intake of the indicated doses for 4 weeks. In addition, serum concentrations of alizarin (Compound-1) were determined in male and female Sprague Dawley rats (body weight: 200-250 g) treated for 1 month and/or three months by oral gavage of alizarin at a once daily dose of 100 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg, 25 mg/kg and 12.5 mg/kg. Serum proteins were removed by acetonitrile precipitation, and alizarin was extracted by chloroform before separation on an HPLC-C18 column (Poroshell 120 EC-C18, 3.0×50 mm, Agilent) with an HPLC system (Agilent 1100 Series) and detection at OD245 nm. For quantitative determination of Compound-7 and Compound-10F in rat and dog serum, serum proteins were also removed by acetonitrile precipitation before HPLC analysis as detailed above and detection at OD254 nm. 
     Fluorescence Spectrophotometry of AT2R-Cer and AT1R-Cer Expressed in HEK Cells 
     AT2R-Cer (AGTR2-Cerulean) is a fusion protein, in which full-length AGTR2 is fused C-terminally with a 5-Gly linker to the Cerulean variant (Cer) of the enhanced green fluorescent protein. The analogous construct of AGTR1-Cer, in which full-length AGTR1 is fused C-terminally with a 5-Gly linker to the Cerulean variant (Cer) of the enhanced green fluorescent protein, was generated in frame of a previous study (Quitterer et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 409, 544-549 (2011)). AGTR2-Cer and AGTR1-Cer were expressed in HEK cells with and without TOMM6 (cDNA coding for TOMM6 was inserted into EcoRI and XhoI sites of pcDNA3.1 plasmid;  FIG. 8 ). Thirty-six to forty-eight hours after transfection, cells were detached by 0.05% Trypsin-EDTA solution, trypsin-EDTA was rapidly removed by washing with PBS, cells were collected by centrifugation and suspended in incubation buffer (335 mg KCl, 294 mg CaCl2, 407 mg MgCl2, 8.2 g NaCl, 2.4 g HEPES-Na+ ad 1000 ml H2O, pH 7.4). Cells were suspended at a concentration of 0.5-1×10 6 cells/ml. The AT2R-Cer and AT1R-Cer fluorescence were recorded in a fluorescence spectrometer (Perkin Elmer LS50B: Perkin Elmer, Waltham, Mass., USA) at an excitation wavelength of 420 nm and emission between 440-600 nm. Peak fluorescence intensity at 495 nm was determined in the absence and presence of TOMM6 co-expression or TOMM6 stabilizer/inducer/activator. 
     Whole Genome Microarray Gene Expression Analysis of Aortic Genes 
     Whole genome microarray gene expression profiling was performed with aortic specimens isolated from 9-month-old ApoE−/− mice without treatment and with oral treatment for 8 months with alizarin (10 mg/kg/day), and untreated age-matched B6 control mice. Total RNA was isolated by the RNeasy Mini kit according to the protocol of the manufacturer (Qiagen). RNA purity was between 1.8 and 2 as determined by the absorbance ratio of 260/280. RNA quality and absence of signs of degradation were also controlled by RNA electrophoresis on a denaturing agarose gel by the presence of bright bands of 28S and 18S ribosomal RNA. Total RNA was processed for whole genome microarray gene expression profiling with the GeneChip One-Cycle Target Labeling System (Affymetrix) according to the protocol of the manufacturer (Affymetrix GeneChip Expression Analysis Technical Manual Rev. 5). Hybridization with the GeneChip (Mouse genome MG430 2.0 Array; Affymetrix) was done with 15 microg of fragmented cRNA in 200 microl of hybridization solution in a Hybridization Oven 640 (Affymetrix) at 45° C. for 16 h. Washing and staining of gene chips was done with the Affymetrix Fluidics Station 450 followed by scanning (Affymetrix GeneChip Scanner 7G). Signal processing was performed with GCOS (v. 1.4. Affymetrix). Data were scaled to a target value of 300. Probe sets (with call present and/or signal intensity ≥100) with significantly different signal intensity (p&lt;0.05) indicative of different gene expression between different groups were identified by TIGR Multi Experiment Viewer (MeV v4.9). 
     EXAMPLE 2 
     Identification of a Plant Extract, which Inhibits Insoluble HBsAg Aggregation in Yeast 
     Screening approaches for AD-related protein aggregation processes often apply in vitro or cellular systems, which mimic pathological Abeta aggregation, e.g. by spontaneous aggregation of high concentrations of synthetic Abeta peptide(s) or over-expression of Abeta variants in cells (Shariatizi et al., Int. J. Biol. Macromol. 80, 95-106 (2015); Lee et al., Protein Sci. 18, 277-286 (2009)). But specific Abeta-targeting inhibitors were barely successful so far. Because protein aggregation follows overlapping rules and shares common mechanisms between different aggregation-prone proteins (Diaz-Villanueva et al., Int. J. Mol. Sci. 16, 17193-17230 (2015)), a non-Abeta-based protein aggregation assay system was established. The first system used HBsAg (hepatitis B virus major surface antigen), a protein, which forms high-molecular weight protein aggregates when over-expressed and assembled in yeast (Tleugabulova et al., J. Chromatogr. B. Biomed. Sci. Appl. 746, 153-166 (1999)). In this system, different plant extracts were tested, which were applied as media supplements during HBsAg expression in yeast. Among different plant extracts, the extract P1 from  Galium aparine  and P2 from the related  Galium verum,  inhibited HBsAg aggregation and promoted the appearance of monomeric HBsAg, which was demonstrated by immunoblot detection of HBsAg ( FIG. 1 ). 
     EXAMPLE 3 
     Plant Extracts from  Galium Aparine  and  Galium Verum  and Two Active Ingredients thereof Prevent AT2R Aggregation in HEK Cells 
     In the second non-Abeta-based protein aggregation assay, different plant extracts were tested in a mammalian cell system, which analyzed the protein aggregation of the angiotensin II AT2 receptor (AT2R, AGTR2) protein in human embryonic kidney (HEK) cells. The system has physiological relevance because this cellular system is capable to reproduce AT2R protein aggregation, which also occurs in brains of AD patients and AD animal models (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6554-6565 (2009); AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6566-6574 (2009)). The AT2 receptor in human embryonic kidney (HEK) cells forms stable dimers/oligomers under pro-oxidant conditions, which are resistant to urea-containing reducing SDS-PAGE ( FIG. 2A , and AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6566-6574 (2009)). Pro-oxidant conditions were induced in cell culture by the co-expression of NADPH oxidase-3, NOX3 (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6566-6574 (2009). The different plant extracts were added to the culture medium for 72 h, and the AT2 receptor was detected in immunoblot. The experiment revealed that the plant extract P1 from  Galium aparine  had the strongest effect in reducing the formation of stable AT2 receptor dimers in human cells ( FIG. 2A ). As a control, AT2R dimerization/aggregation was prevented with two different P1 extract preparations from  Galium aparine,  and with an extract P2 from the related  Galium verum  ( FIG. 2B ). 
     Subsequently, the active ingredient of the plant extracts P1 and P2 was investigated.  Galium aparine  and  Galium verum  of the Rubiaceae family are characterized specifically by the content of glycosides of colored anthraquinone derivatives, which upon hydrolysis generate alizarin and purpurin-3-carboxylic acid (=pseudopurpurin), and other related hydroxyanthraquinone compounds (Hill and Richter, J. Chem. Soc. 1714-1719 (1936); Hill and Richter, 1936, Proceedings of the Royal Society B, Biological Sciences, 547-560 (1936)). The content of anthraquinone dyes distinguishes the  Galium  genus from all other plant extracts, which were tested and which did not inhibit toxic protein aggregation in yeast and human cells. Therefore, alizarin (Compound-1) and pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) were tested in the cellular AT2R aggregation assay. Cultivation of HEK cells in the presence of Compound-1 (alizarin) and Compound-2 (pseudopurpurin) at a concentration of 10 microM for 72 h inhibited the aggregation of the AT2 receptor in human embryonic kidney cells ( FIG. 2B ). Taken together, extracts P1 and P2 from  Galium  species, and Compound-1 and Compound-2 prevented protein aggregation of HBsAg and AT2R in yeast and human cells. 
     EXAMPLE 4 
     The P1 Extract from  Galium Aparine  and Alizarin (Compound-1) Retard the Accumulation of SDS-Insoluble Abeta Peptides in the Hippocampus of Tg2576 AD Mice 
     The effects of the P1 extract from  Galium aparine  and Compound-1 (alizarin) were analysed in vivo, on insoluble hippocampal Abeta peptide accumulation and hippocampal contents of SDS-insoluble Abeta was determined in the Tg2576 AD mouse model (Hsiao et al., Science 274, 99-103 (1996)). Animals were treated for 6 months (age 12 months to 18 months) with extract P1 from  Galium aparine,  and Compound-1 (alizarin, 10 mg/kg/d), given in drinking water. The hippocampus was isolated and hippocampal contents of SDS-insoluble Abeta1-40 and Abeta1-42 peptides were quantified ( FIG. 3A ,B). Extract P1 and Compound-1 significantly retarded the accumulation of SDS-insoluble Abeta1-40 and Abeta1-42 in the hippocampus of Tg2576 mice ( FIG. 3A ,B). These findings showed that anthraquinones such as Compound-1 (alizarin) as a prototypic and representative anthraquinone of plant extract P1 from  Galium aparine  and the plant extract P1 itself inhibited toxic Abeta aggregation in vivo, in a genetic model of familial Alzheimer&#39;s disease, FAD. 
     EXAMPLE 5 
     The P1 Extract from  Galium Aparine  and Alizarin (Compound-1) Retard PHF Tau Hyperphosphorylation and Neuronal Loss in Tg2576 AD Mice Subjected to the CUMS (Chronic Unpredictable Mild Stress) Protocol 
     The sole reduction of aggregated Abeta is not sufficient to reduce symptoms of AD in patients. Hyperphosphorylated PHF tau is a major factor, which promotes neurodegeneration in concert with aggregated Abeta peptides (Calderon-Garciduenas and Duyckaerts, Handb. Clin. Neurol. 145, 325-337 (2017)). To enhance PHF tau hyperphosphorylation and the process of neurodegeneration in the Tg2576 AD model, Tg2576 AD mice were subjected to the chronic unpredictable mild stress (CUMS) protocol (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6554-6565 (2009); Briones et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 165, 897-907 (2012)). Hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau was detected in the hippocampus of 15 months-old Tg-2576 mice after 3 months of CUMS ( FIG. 3C ). Treatment with P1 extract from  Galium aparine  and alizarin (Compound-1) during the CUMS protocol led to a significantly decreased hippocampal content of hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau in 15 months-old Tg2576 mice as determined by direct binding assay with [ 125 I]-labeled AT8 antibody, which is specific for the PHF (paired helical filament) form of hyperphosphorylated Tau ( FIG. 3C ). 
     In addition, the overt neuronal loss in the hippocampus of Tg2576 mice subjected to CUMS was also prevented by treatment with P1 extract from  Galium aparine  and alizarin (Compound-1) as determined by binding assay with [ 125 I]-labeled anti-NeuN antibody ( FIG. 3D ). Thus, the anthraquinone-containing P1 extract from  Galium aparine  and a prototypical and representative anthraquinone thereof (Compound-1; alizarin) are neuroprotective and prevent neuronal loss in the Tg-2576 genetic model of familial AD, which adopts features of sporadic AD by the CUMS protocol. 
     EXAMPLE 6 
     Compound-1 (Alizarin) and P3 Extract from the Alizarin-Containing  Rubia Cordifolia  Retard Abeta Plaque Accumulation in Tg2576 Mice 
     Immunohistological analysis with Abeta-specific antibody BAM-10 confirmed that treatment with alizarin (Compound-1) significantly inhibited the accumulation of Abeta plaques in brains of aged 18-month-old Tg2576 mice compared to untreated 18-month-old Tg2576 AD controls ( FIG. 4A ,B). 
     In addition to the genus  Galium  from the rubiaceae family, the  Rubia  genus from the same family is also characterized by a high content of anthraquinones, notably alizarin and pseudopurpurin (Hill and Richter, 1936, Proceedings of the Royal Society B, Biological Sciences, 547-560 (1936)). Therefore, the treatment effect of extract P3 from  Rubia cordifolia  L was investigated. Treatment of Tg2576 AD mice for 6 months with extract P3 from  Rubia cordifolia  L. led to a highly decreased Abeta plaque load in hippocampal and brain cortical areas of Tg2576 AD mice ( FIG. 4A ,B). The treatment effect of extract P3 was comparable to the treatment effect of alizarin ( FIG. 4A ,B). Thus, alizarin and the alizarin-containing  Rubia cordifolia  L. extract inhibit the formation of senile Abeta plaques in the genetic Tg2576 AD model, which recapitulates the familial form of AD, FAD by neuron-specific expression of human APP695 with the double mutation K670N/M671L, which was isolated from a Swedish family with FAD (Hsiao et al., Science 274, 99-103 (1996)). 
     EXAMPLE 7 
     Pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) and Extract P3 Retard Abeta Peptide Accumulation in Tg2576 Mice, and PHF Tau Hyperphosphorylation and Neuronal Loss in Tg2576 AD Mice Subjected to CUMS 
     The treatment effects of the P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  were compared with Compound-2 (pseudopurpurin) in the Tg2576 AD model because pseudopurpurin is another characteristic anthraquinone for the  Galium  and  Rubia  genera (Hill and Richter, 1936, Proceedings of the Royal Society B, Biological Sciences, 547-560 (1936)). Quantitative assessment of hippocampal contents of SDS-insoluble Abeta1-40 and Abeta1-42 peptides demonstrated that 6 months of treatment with extract P3 and Compound-2 both inhibit the accumulation of SDS-insoluble Abeta1-40 and Abeta1-42 in the hippocampus of 18-month-old Tg2576 mice ( FIG. 5A ,B). 
     In addition, the P3 extract and Compound-2 inhibited hippocampal PHF-Tau hyperphosphorylation in 15 months-old Tg-2576 mice induced by 3 months of CUMS ( FIG. 5C ). The P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  L. and Compound-2 also prevented the CUMS-induced hippocampal neuronal loss ( FIG. 5D ). Taken together, extract P1 from  Galium aparine,  extract P3 from  Rubia cordifolia,  and two major anthraquinones from the  Galium  and  Rubia  genera, i.e. alizarin (Compound-1) and pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) are neuroprotective and prevent neuronal loss in a genetic model of familial AD with stress-induced symptoms of sporadic AD. 
     EXAMPLE 8 
     The P3 extract from  Rubia Cordifolia  and Compound-1 Retard Tau Hyperphosphorylation in the Tg-TauP301L Model of Tauopathy 
     The anthraquinone-containing P1 and P3 extracts and two major anthraquinones, Compound-1 and Compound-2, decreased the hippocampal PHF-Tau content of Tg-2576 AD mice. It was investigated whether the P3 extract and Compound-1 also inhibited PHF-tau phosphorylation in a genetic model of tauopathy, the Tg-Tau-P301L mouse model with neuron-specific expression of the most common FTDP-17 (frontotemporal dementia and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17) mutation (Lewis et al., Nature Genetics 25, 402-405 (2000)). Aged 12-month-old Tg-Tau-P301L mice without treatment showed substantial PHF-tau hyperphosphorylation in axons of the hippocampal CA3 area ( FIG. 6A ). Treatment with P3 extract and Compound-1 for six months led to a significantly decreased hippocampal content of PHF-tau ( FIG. 6A ,B) in 12-month-old Tg-Tau-P301L mice. These findings showed that the P3 extract and its prototypical anthraquinone retard PHF-tau accumulation in different tauopathy models, i.e. Tg-2576 mice subjected to CUMS, and Tg-Tau-P301L mice. 
     EXAMPLE 9: Identification of Tomm6 as an Interacting/Stabilizing Protein of Compound-1, Compound-2, and Extract P1 and P3 from  Galium Aparine  and  Rubia Cordifolia    
     The major target of the prototypical anthraquinone, Compound-1 (alizarin) was searched for. To this end, a solubilisate of hippocampal proteins from aged Tg2576 mice supplemented with 10 microM Compound-1 was prepared, and the mixture was separated by SDS-PAGE under reducing conditions. The Compound-1-interacting proteins were identified by co-migration, cut from the gel, and subjected to protein identification. Nano-LC-ESI-MS/MS analysis identified Tomm6 (Mitochondrial import receptor subunit TOMM6 homolog) as a major Compound-1-interacting protein ( FIG. 7A ). 
     TOMM6 (Tom6) is an essential component of the TOM machinery, i.e. the multisubunit translocases in the outer mitochondrial membrane, which are required for the import of nucleus-encoded precursor proteins. It was investigated whether treatment with Compound-1, Compound-2, extract P1 and P3 from  Galium aparine  and  Rubia cordifolia  mediated protein stabilization of Tomm6 in the hippocampus of Tg2576 mice. Aged Tg2576 mice were treated for 6 months with Compound-1, Compound-2, P1 and P3 extract. Hippocampal protein contents of Tomm6 were determined in immunoblot. Immunoblot detection showed that the hippocampal protein content of Tomm6 in Tg2576 mice was substantially increased by treatment with Compound-1 (alizarin), Compound-2 (pseudopurpurin), P1 extract from  Galium aparine,  and P3 extract from  Rubia cordifolia  ( FIG. 7B ,C). Thus, two prototypical anthraquinones from the  Galium  and  Rubia  genera, alizarin and pseudopurpurin, and extracts from two different anthraquinone-containing genera,  Galium  and  Rubia,  mediated stabilization/induction of the Tomm6 protein in vivo, in the hippocampus of aged Tg2576 AD mice. 
     EXAMPLE 10 
     TOMM6 Enhances AT2R Protein Folding in Human Cells 
     It was found that Compound-1, Compound-2, extract P1 and extract P3 from the  Galium  and  Rubia  genera of the rubiaceae family interacted with and stabilized TOMM6. Next, it was analyzed whether stabilization/induction of TOMM6 was sufficient to exert cell/neuro-protection and prevented protein aggregation/misfolding of the AT2R (AGTR2) in HEK cells. Misfolded and aggregated AT2R promotes neurodegeneration whereas the intact AT2R could exert neuro-protection in AD models and patients (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6554-6565 (2009); AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6566-6574 (2009); Quitterer and AbdAlla, Pharmacol. Res. pii: S1043-6618(18)31950-9 (2019)). 
     To analyze the effect of an increased cellular TOMM6 protein, the cDNA of TOMM6 was inserted into the EcoRI and XhoI sites of the expression plasmid pcDNA3.1, which enables transient and stable expression of a cDNA under control of the ubiquitous CMV immediate-early promoter/enhancer in cells and in vivo ( FIG. 8A ,B). The AT2R-Cerulean (AT2R-Cer) was generated by fusion of the AT2 receptor at the carboxyl-terminus with Cerulean similarly as described for the AT1R-Cer construct (Quitterer et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 409, 544-549 (2011)). The Cerulean variant of the ECFP was used because Cerulean is 2.5-fold brighter than the cognate ECFP (Rizzo et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 22, 445-449 (2004)). 
     Upon expression in HEK cells, the total amount of cell membrane-localized AT2R-Cer was quantified in a fluorescence spectrophotometer. The co-expression of TOMM6 led to a significantly increased AT2R-Cer-specific fluorescence intensity, which is indicative of improved AT2R-Cer protein folding ( FIG. 9A ). 
     In contrast to AT2R-Cer, the related AT1R-Cer (AGTR1-Cerulean) was not increased by TOMM6 but AT1R-Cer was significantly decreased by TOMM6 ( FIG. 9B ). This finding is significant because the AT1R (AGTR1) protein is enhanced by reactive oxygen species, ROS (Banday et al., Hypertension 57, 452-459 (2011)). Moreover, an increased expression/activation of AT1R contributes to neurodegeneration and increases Alzheimer pathology in vivo (AbdAlla et al., Int. J. Mol. Sci. 14, 16917-16942 (2013); AbdAlla et al., Biomed. Res. Int. 2015:917156 (2015); Quitterer and AbdAlla, Pharmacol. Res. pii: S1043-6618(18)31950-9 (2019)). Taken together, these cellular data are compatible with the notion that an increased TOMM6 level reduces the cellular ROS content by improving the function of mitochondria, which is the major inducer of cellular ROS. This process of “mitochondrial healing” could also be exerted by the stabilization of TOMM6 with the prototypical anthraquinones Compound-1 (alizarin), Compound-2 (pseudopurpurin), and the anthraquinone-containing plant extracts P1 and P3 from  Galium aparine  and  Rubia cordifolia.  As a consequence of “mitochondrial healing”, redox-sensitive folding of AGTR2 is improved whereas folding of AGTR1 is inhibited. 
     EXAMPLE 11 
     Generation of Tg-TOMM6 Mice 
     The above data showed that increased protein levels of TOMM6 promoted the folding of the AT2R protein in human cells, which is misfolded and aggregated in brains of AD patients with sporadic AD (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6554-6565 (2009)). In addition, TOMM6 reduced the protein level of neurotoxic AT1R. To further validate the neuroprotective function of TOMM6 in vivo, transgenic mice with expression of TOMM6 under control of the neuron-specific hamster prion protein (HaPrP) promoter were generated. To generate Tg-TOMM6 mice, the cDNA of TOMM6 was inserted into the SalI site of the CosSHa. Tet vector ( FIG. 10A ), which directs neuron-specific expression under control of the Syrian hamster prion protein (HaPrP) promoter (Hsiao et al., Science 274, 99-103 (1996); Scott et al., Protein Sci. 1, 986-997 (1992); InPro Biotechnology Inc. San Francisco, Calif., USA). Plasmid sequences were removed by NotI digestion. The purified linear DNA (2 ng/microL) was injected into fertilized oocytes dissected out from super-ovulated FVB or B6 (C57BL/6J) mice. For DNA injection, oocytes were kept in M2 medium. After DNA injection, injected embryos were transferred into M16 medium and incubated overnight in M16 medium in the presence of 10% CO 2  at 37° C. in a humidified incubator. Thereafter, double-cell stage embryos were selected and transferred into the oviduct of pseudo-pregnant CD-1 foster mice. Pseudopregnancy was induced by overnight breeding with an infertile (vasectomized) male and detected by the presence of a vaginal plug. After birth, genomic DNA from F0 mice was isolated from ear punch biopsies taken at 3-4 weeks of age. Mice with stable genomic integration of the TOMM6 transgene were identified by genotyping PCR and used for further breeding. 
     To generate double-transgenic Tg-2576-TOMM6 mice, homozygous Tg-TOMM6 mice were crossed with heterozygous Tg2576 AD mice and double-transgenic Tg2576-TOMM6 mice were identified by genotyping PCR (sequences of primers used for genotyping PCR are derived from TOMM6-flanking CosSHa. Tet vector sequences and from the TOMM6 cDNA sequence) ( FIG. 10B ). 
     EXAMPLE 12 
     Transgenic TOMM6 Expression Retards Major Neuropathological Features in the Hippocampus of Tg2576 AD Mice 
     The goal was to investigate whether an increased TOMM6 level was sufficient to retard neurodegeneration in the Tg-2576 AD model. Aged 18 months-old double-transgenic Tg2576-TOMM6 mice had an increased hippocampal protein level of TOMM6 as determined in immunoblot compared to single-transgenic Tg2576 AD mice ( FIG. 11A ). 
     Double-transgenic Tg-2576-TOMM6 mice were used and it was analyzed whether an increased hippocampal TOMM6 protein level affected the neuropathological features in double-transgenic Tg2576-TOMM6 mice compared to single-transgenic Tg2576 controls. Hippocampal contents of SDS-insoluble Abeta1-40 and Abeta 1-42 were significantly decreased in double-transgenic Tg2576-TOMM6 mice compared to single-transgenic Tg2576 controls ( FIG. 11B ,C). Thus, an increased hippocampal TOMM6 protein level is sufficient to retard the development of a major neuropathological feature of AD, i.e. the accumulation of SDS-insoluble Abeta peptides in the hippocampus of Tg2576-TOMM6 mice. 
     As detailed before, the Tg2586 AD model is largely devoid of major symptoms of clinical AD, i.e. neuronal loss and gross memory impairment (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6566-6574 (2009); Ashe and Zahs, Neuron 66, 631-645 (2010)). To enhance the process of neurodegeneration in Tg2576 AD mice, we subjected Tg2576 mice to chronic mild environmental stress (AbdAlla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 284, 6554-6565, (2009); Briones et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 165, 897-907 (2012)), which is known to aggravate symptoms of dementia and neurodegeneration in patients (Peavy et al., Biol. Psychiatry 62, 472-478 (2007); Wilson et al., Neuroepidemiology 27, 143-163 (2006)). Quantitative analysis detected hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau in the hippocampus of 15 months-old Tg-2576 mice after 3 months of CUMS ( FIG. 11D ). The presence of increased neuronal TOMM6 in double-transgenic Tg2576-TOMM6 mice led to a significantly decreased hippocampal content of hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau in 15 months-old Tg2576-TOMM6 mice as determined by direct binding assay with [ 125 I]-labeled AT8 antibody, which is specific for PHF (paired helical filament) form of hyperphosphorylated Tau ( FIG. 11D ). 
     Concomitantly, hippocampal neuronal loss was also prevented by transgenic TOMM6 expression, as determined by direct binding assay with [ 125 I]-labeled anti-NeuN antibody ( FIG. 11E ). These findings show that an increased hippocampal protein level of TOMM6 is sufficient to promote neuroprotection against major neuropathological features in the hippocampus of Tg2576 AD mice, i.e. accumulation of insoluble Abeta peptides, formation of hyperphosphorylated PHF-Tau and overt neuronal loss. 
     EXAMPLE 13 
     Identification of TOMM6-Interacting (Inducing) Compounds Without Antioxidant Activity (FIG.  12  and FIG.  13 ) 
     TOMM6-inducing compounds were searched for and a screening system was established in HEK cells. HEK cells were cultured in the absence and presence of a test compound at a final concentration of 20 microM. Cells were harvested, proteins were extracted and TOMM6 protein levels were determined in immunoblot with TOMM6-specific antibodies. This assay identified compound 3-10 as TOMM6-interacting compounds and inducers of TOMM6 ( FIG. 12  and  FIG. 13 ). The following TOMM6-interacting (inducing) compounds were identified: Compound-3: N-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-2-(3-piperidyl)oxazole-4-carboxamide; Compound-4: N-[(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methyl]-2-(3-piperidyl)oxazole-4-carboxamide; Compound-5: 2-[(1S)-1-amino-2-methyl-butyl]-N-[(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methyl]oxazole-4-carboxamide; Compound-6: 2-[(1S)-1-amino-2-methyl-propyl]-N-[(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methyl]oxazole-4-carboxamide; Compound-7: 6-(aminomethyl)-4-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxamide; Compound-8: 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-[(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)methyl]-2-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxamide; Compound-9: 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-6-[(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)methyl]-2-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxamide; and Compound-10: 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxamide). 
     EXAMPLE 14 
     TOMM6-Interacting (Inducing) Compound-4 and Compound-7 Inhibit Symptoms of AD and Neurodegeneration in AD Model Mice 
     The TOMM6-interacting (inducing) Compound-4 and Compound-7 were selected for in vivo testing. Treatment with Compound-4 and Compound-7 led to a strong increase in hippocampal Tomm6 protein content of Tg2576 AD mice subjected to the CUMS protocol ( FIG. 14A ). In addition, Compound-4 and Compound-7 inhibited hippocampal accumulation of aggregated Abeta1-40 and Abeta1-42 in aged 18-month-old Tg2576 AD mice ( FIG. 14B ). Treatment with Compound-4 and Compound-7 also decreased hippocampal PHF tau hyperphosphorylation ( FIG. 14C ) and retarded overt neuronal loss in Tg2576 mice subjected to chronic mild stress with the CUMS protocol ( FIG. 14D ). Together these experiments show that treatment with TOMM6-inducing compounds retard major symptoms of AD and neurodegeneration in vivo. 
     EXAMPLE 15 
     Emodin In Vivo Tests 
     Treatment with emodin (6-methyl-1,3,8 trihydroxyanthrachinone; formula is shown in  FIG. 15C  in comparison to Compound-1 and Compound-2 (A)) at a dose of 100 mg/kg/day, for 4 weeks showed side effects and led to a decrease in body weight of 12-week-old B6 mice compared to untreated controls ( FIG. 16A ). The decreased body weight could be due to the laxative effect of emodin and/or decreased food intake (Abu Eid et al., Eur. J. Pharmacol. 798, 77-84, 2017). In agreement with this statement, the daily food intake during emodin treatment was lower compared to untreated B6 control mice ( FIG. 16B ). In contrast to emodin, treatment with equivalent doses of alizarin (Compound-1) and pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) did not show side effects ( FIG. 16A ,B). In contrast to emodin, treatment of B6 mice with alizarin at an oral dose of 100 mg/kg/day for 1 month did not significantly alter body weight and food consumption ( FIG. 16A ,B). Similarly, treatment of mice for 1 month with pseudopurpurin at an oral dose of 100 mg/kg/day did not significantly alter body weight and food consumption ( FIG. 16A ,B). In agreement with these data, another study found that pseudopurpurin was not toxic when added as a food supplement, i.e. 0.5% pseudopurpurin was added to diet, which corresponds to a daily intake of pseudopurpurin of ˜250 mg/kg/day (Wu et al., Int. J. Mol. Sci. 13, 3431-3443, 2012). Taken together, disclosed Compound-1 (alizarin) and Compound-2 (pseudopurpurin) are Tomm6/TOMM6 inducers in cells and in vivo and exert neuroprotection in different models of neurodegenerative diseases, e.g. familial AD, sporadic AD and tauopathy. In contrast to alizarin and pseudopurpurin, the laxative anthrachinone, emodin, has some adverse effects. 
     EXAMPLE 16 
     Structural Modifications of Alizarin 
     The scope of the present invention in general and for all embodiments also encompasses the therapeutic use of (e.g. nervous system diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, atherosclerosis and atherosclerosis-related diseases, as disclosed above) of (A) esters, ethers and amide derivatives of alizarin (Compound-1) and pseudopurpurin (Compound-2) to modulate pharmacokinetic properties and (B) glycosylated derivatives of alizarin and pseudopurpurin. Glycosylated derivatives of alizarin and pseudopurpurin can be isolated from alizarin- and pseudopurpurin-containing plants, and also can be synthesized, e.g. with bio-catalysed reactions applying glycosyltransferases (Ati et al., Beilstein J. Org. Chem. 13, 1857-1865, 2017). In addition, alizarin and other anthrachinone derivatives can be fed to recombinant  E. coli  as a substrate for biotransformation to generate alizarin-glucosides (Nguyen et al., Molecules 23, 2171, 2018). Alizarin is not a tumor promotor in mammalian cells and in vivo (Westendorf et al., Mutat. Res. 240, 1-12, 1990; Marec et al., Planta Med. 67, 127-131, 2001; Wölfle et al., Cancer Res. 50, 6540-6544, 1990; Poginsky et al., Carcinogenesis 12, 1265-1271, 1991). However, when tested in the Ames test with different  Salmonella  strains, alizarin could be mutagenic in the  Salmonella  strain TA1537 (Westendorf et al., Mutat. Res. 240, 1-12, 1990; Liberman D F et al., Applied and Environmental Microbiology 43, 1354-1359, 1982) and strain TA2637 (Tikkanen et al., Mutat. Res. 116, 297-304, 1983). The mutagenicity in bacteria is related to the hydroxyl groups of alizarin (Tikkanen et al., Mutat. Res. 116, 297-304, 1983). Anthrachinones with halogen substituents are not mutagenic (Brown JP and Brown RJ, Mutat. Res. 40, 203-224, 1976). Therefore, to minimize the potential risk of mutagenicity, the present invention in general and for all embodiments encompasses the use of all halogen- (e.g., F, Cl, Br)-substituted derivatives of the compounds described herein, preferably of alizarin and pseudopurpurin, more preferably fluorine-substituted derivatives and/or mimetics of alizarin and pseudopurpurin (see  FIG. 16C ). 
     EXAMPLE 17 
     Medical Uses of Alizarin for Supplementary Treatment and Prevention of Hepatitis B Virus Infection, and Treatment and Prevention of Human Papilloma Virus (HPV) Infection 
     The present invention in general and for all embodiments also encompasses the medical use of the compounds described herein, preferably alizarin (Compound-1), for preventive and supportive treatment of Hepatitis B infection because it was surprisingly found that not only plant extracts P1 and P2 (cf.  FIG. 1 ) but also their active isolated ingredient alizarin (Compound-1) inhibited the aggregation and assembly of HBsAg ( FIG. 16D ). HBsAg aggregation and assembly is required and mandatory for HBV virion formation and HBV infection (Venkatakrishnan and Zlotnick, Annu. Rev Virol. 3, 429-451, 2016). The treatment modality of the present invention in general and for all embodiments could supplement current antiviral treatment regimens of Hepatitis B infection, which include according to WHO guidelines potent nucleos(t)ide analogues with high barrier to resistance, i.e. entecavir, tenofovir disoproxil, and tenofovir alafenamide. Nevertheless, chronic persistent Hepatitis B infection, which affects ˜240 million patients worldwide cannot be cured and accounts for ˜650 000 deaths/year worldwide (WHO publication, Guidelines for the prevention, care and treatment of persons with chronic hepatitis B infection, March 2015). 
     The present invention in general and for all embodiments also encompasses the medical use of the compounds described herein, preferably alizarin (Compound-1), for prevention and treatment of human papilloma virus (HPV) infections, in particular, because it was found that 3 weeks of once daily topical application of compounds according to the present invention, e.g. a Compound-1-containing hydrogel (0.2%), are an effective treatment for HPV-induced warts (see  FIG. 16E  showing the results obtained from 6 different voluntary research participants diagnosed with flat warts compared to the placebo ( FIG. 16E )). A total number of 94 lesions were treated with Compound-1. Vehicle-treated warts (n=88) served as placebo. All treated warts showed a response. After treatment with Compound-1, more than 86% of all lesions showed a complete response (100% decrease of the lesion area) and 13.8% showed a partial response (&gt;50%-&lt;100% decrease of lesion area) whereas only 2.2% and 7.9% of the placebo-treated lesions (treated with vehicle) showed a complete or partial response, respectively ( FIG. 16E ). The treatment effect of Compound-1 against HPV infection is directly related to its activity as TOMM6 inducer/activator, which is a sufficient cause to inhibit (amyloidogenic) protein aggregation in cells and in vivo. In this context, HPV infection is another disease with causal involvement of an aggregation-prone amyloidogenic protein. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that Infections with human papillomaviruses (HPV) rely on the highly amyloidogenic protein E1AE4, also known as the HPV E4 protein (McIntosh et al., 82, 8196-8203 (2008)). The HPV E4 protein, which uses the amyloid-fold as does amyloid-beta, is the most abundantly expressed viral transcript/protein in HPV-infected epithelia, and mediates HPV-mediated disruption of cellular integrity, HPV release from infected epithelial cells and virus transmission (McIntosh et al., 82, 8196-8203 (2008); Doorbar, Virology 445, 80-98 (2013)). In HPV-induced warts, the aggregation-prone HPV E4 protein can constitute between 20% and 30% of the total wart protein (Doorbar et al., EMBO J. 5, 355-362 (1986)). The expression of E1AE4 relies on self-aggregation of the HPV E4 protein (Bryan et al., Virology 241, 49-60 (1998)). 
     Common warts greatly affect the quality of life of the patients, which can be attributed to the persistence and recurrence of warts. Malignant transformation usually develops in patients with genital warts and immunocompromised patients. Several high-risk HPV subtypes are associated with malignancies (e.g. HPV type 6, 11, 16, 18, 31, 35) and HPV type 5, 8, 20 and 47. This causal relationship between HPV infection and cancer raises concerns about the association between persistent HPV infection and the neoplastic progression of common warts to non-genital cancers, e.g. skin cancer (Lipke, 4, Clinical Medicine and Research, 273-293 (2006)). Warts are common and affect about 10% of the population worldwide. Currently, there is no cure for HPV infection and available treatments aim to eliminate symptoms. Treatment approaches include minor surgery, laser surgery, cryotherapy, peeling agents such as salicylic acid, medications (e.g. bleomycin, and imiquimod, which is an immunotherapy). Most treatment approaches are painful such as surgery, cryotherapy, laser therapy, and/or cause side effects such as burning and stinging and even may leave a scar. Even with treatment, warts tend to recur or spread. Therefore, there is an urgent need to improve the therapy and/or develop a new treatment approach for HPV. 
     EXAMPLE 18 
     Alizarin (Compound-1) Retards the Development of Atherosclerosis in ApoE-Deficient Mice as a Model of Atherosclerosis 
     Alzheimer&#39;s Disease (AD) is the most frequent form of dementia in the elderly. The second commonest form of dementia is vascular dementia (Appleton et al., Clin. Sci 131, 1561-1578, 2017). Often vascular dementia and AD coexist (ladecola, Neuron 80, 844-866, 2013). Atherosclerosis and ensuing cardiovascular disease are major risk factors for vascular dementia (Javanshiri et al., J. Alzheimers Dis. 65, 1247-1258, 2018). Cardiovascular risk factors are also considered to enhance AD pathology (Tublin et al., Circ. Res. 124, 142-149, 2019). Notably, atherosclerotic vascular lesions are causally related to the pathogenesis of vascular dementia, mixed forms of vascular dementia and even AD (Li et a., Chin. Med. J. (Engl) 131, 471-476, 2018). Cholesterol-lowering statin use reduces the risk of dementia in patients with stroke (Pan et al., J. Stroke Cerebrovasc. Dis. 27, 3001-3007, 2018). These data clearly indicate that atherosclerotic vascular disease is a contributor to dementia. However, there is an increasing concern that cholesterol-lowering treatment could enhance or even cause cognitive problems (Li et a., Chin. Med. J. (Engl) 131, 471-476, 2018). In view of this concern, it was investigated whether treatment with alizarin, which counteracts AD pathology, could interfere with atherosclerotic lesion development without altering plasma cholesterol levels. Alizarin (Compound-1) is a TOMM6/Tomm6 inducer, and TOMM6 induction restores the function of the angiotensin II type-2 receptor, AGTR2 (cf.  FIG. 2B ). Restoration of AGTR2 could counteract atherosclerosis because a previous study showed that inhibition/deficiency of AGTR2 in ApoE-deficient (ApoE−/−) mice as a model of atherosclerosis enhances atherosclerosis progression whereas AGTR2 stimulation counteracts atherosclerosis, in part by inhibition of the pro-atherogenic AGTR1 (Iwai et al., Circulation 112, 1636-1643, 2005). To investigate the impact of alizarin treatment on atherosclerosis, ApoE−/− mice were used, which accumulate substantial atherosclerotic lesions in the aorta at an age of 8-10 months. ApoE−/− mice were treated for 8 months with alizarin (10 mg/kg/d in drinking water) starting at an age of 4 weeks. Atherosclerotic lesion area was assessed with oil red O-stained aortas isolated from 9-month-old ApoE−/− mice ( FIG. 17A ). Alizarin treatment led to a significantly decreased atherosclerotic lesion area, which was 3.6-fold lower compared to that of untreated ApoE−/− mice ( FIG. 17A ). As a control, alizarin treatment did not alter the increased plasma cholesterol level of ApoE−/− mice ( FIG. 17B ). Whole genome gene expression analysis was performed to identify atherosclerosis-related genes altered by alizarin treatment. It was found that alizarin treatment led to a significantly decreased expression of the aortic chemokine receptor 9, Ccr9 ( FIG. 17C ), which is a pro-atherogenic cytokine receptor and enhances atherosclerotic lesion development (Abd Alla et al., J. Biol. Chem. 285, 23496-23505, 2010). It was further investigated whether alizarin treatment was neuroprotective and retarded the atherosclerosis-induced degeneration of vascular nerves. Vascular neurodegeneration and autonomic neuropathy are major pathologic factors of atherosclerosis (Meyer et al., Diabet. Med. 21, 746-751, 2004; Abd Alla et al., Front. Physiol. 4, 148, 2013). Atherosclerosis-induced neurodegeneration of vascular neurons in ApoE−/− mice is documented by decreased aortic expression levels of neuronal marker genes (Abd Alla et al., Front. Physiol. 4, 148, 2013). The aortic expression levels of neuronal marker genes of alizarin-treated ApoE−/− mice were determined compared to untreated ApoE−/− mice and untreated B6 mice without atherosclerosis ( FIG. 17D ,E). It was found that the aortic expression levels of typical neuronal marker genes, neuropeptide Y (Npy) and synaptosomal nerve-associated protein 25 (Snap25), were down-regulated by atherosclerosis in ApoE−/− mice ( FIG. 17D ,E). In contrast, in alizarin-treated ApoE−/− mice the aortic expression levels of neuropeptide Y (Npy) and synaptosomal nerve-associated protein 25 (Snap25) were not down-regulated and maintained at the levels of the non-transgenic B6 controls ( FIG. 17D ,E). These data show that alizarin treatment not only retards the development of atherosclerotic lesions but also prevents the atherosclerosis-induced degeneration of vascular neurons. Hence, the present invention in general and for all embodiments also encompasses the medical use of the compounds described herein, preferably alizarin (Compound-1) and the TOMM6/Tomm6-inducing compounds, for the prevention and treatment of atherosclerosis, atherosclerosis-induced neurodegeneration, diabetic neuropathy and autonomic neuropathy (for which atherosclerosis are major risk factors; Meyer et al., Diabet. Med. 21, 746-751, 2004) and other atherosclerosis-induced diseases, e.g. stroke, vascular dementia, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction. 
     EXAMPLE 19 
     Pharmacokinetic Characterization of Alizarin (Compound-1) in Dogs and Rats 
     In view of the beneficial effects of alizarin (Compound-1) in murine AD and atherosclerosis animal models and the absent toxicity in the therapeutic dose range, further in vivo characterization of alizarin (Compound-1) was performed in dogs as a non-rodent animal model ( FIG. 18 ). Measurement of alizarin serum level in dogs showed a peak serum concentration at t=1 h after repeated once daily oral intake of alizarin at a dose of 2 mg/kg/day and 6 mg/kg/day ( FIG. 18A-C ). A second alizarin serum peak was observed at t=4 h after oral intake ( FIG. 18B ). The second peak could reflect enterohepatic recirculation of alizarin. A previous study, which determined alizarin plasma level in rats, also found two alizarin peaks (Gao et al., J. Sep. Sci. 41, 2161-2168, 2018). The peak serum concentrations in dogs after repeated oral intake of a once daily alizarin dose of 2 mg/kg and 6 mg/kg were 0.146±0.017 microg/ml and 0.467±0.022 microg/ml ( FIG. 18D ). Treatment of dogs for four weeks with alizarin (Compound-1) at a once daily oral dose up to 6 mg/kg/d did not induce any detectable adverse effects regarding behaviour, food intake, weight gain, cardiovascular function parameters (i.e. blood pressure, heart rate, ECG), number of circulating red and white blood cells, and clinical chemistry parameters for liver and kidney function. Pharmacokinetic data of alizarin were also determined in rats after repeated oral gavage. It was found that the oral bioavailability of alizarin in dogs was much higher than in rats because the oral alizarin doses required to achieve equivalent peak serum concentrations were approximately 10-fold higher in rats compared to dogs ( FIG. 18D ). This observation is in agreement with the equivalent surface area dosage rule, according to which rats and mice usually require a 10-12-fold higher dose than dogs and humans. Taken together, oral intake of alizarin achieves therapeutic serum concentrations in rats and dogs. 
     EXAMPLE 20 
     Sub-Chronic Toxicity Study of Alizarin in Rats Documents a Wide Therapeutic Index 
     The oral toxicity of alizarin (Compound-1) in rats was determined in a sub-chronic toxicity study. Rats were treated for 3 months with a once daily oral dose of alizarin of 25 mg/kg/day, 50 mg/kg/day and 100 mg/kg/day. The study did not find any significant adverse effects of alizarin up to a daily dose of 100 mg/kg/day regarding body weight, liver, heart and kidney weight, serum levels of calcium, creatinine, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), alanine transaminase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST) ( FIG. 19A-I ). Histopathology analysis of major organs (heart, liver, kidney) did not show any detectable alterations ( FIG. 19J ). These findings indicate a wide therapeutic index of alizarin in vivo with a more than 10-fold difference between therapeutic and toxic doses because neuroprotective effects of alizarin in rodent animal models of AD and atherosclerosis were seen at a once daily dose of 10 mg/kg. The good tolerability of alizarin in rats and dogs is supported by previous observations in humans, which document that long-term treatment for several years with alizarin and alizarin-containing plant extracts is not toxic and was previously used to prevent recurrence of calcium-containing urinary stones (Lorenz et al., Methods Find. Exp. Clin. Pharmacol. 7, 637-643, 1985). Taken together, alizarin has good oral bioavailability and a wide therapeutic window. 
     EXAMPLE 21 
     Pharmacokinetic Data of Compound-7 in Dogs and Rats 
     Pharmacokinetic data of Compound-7 were determined as another representative TOMM6/Tomm6 inducer with a different chemical structure than alizarin (Compound-1). In dogs, Compound-7 showed peak serum concentrations of 3.96 microg/ml, 1.56 microg/ml and 0.59 microg/ml measured at t=1 h after drug intake after repeated once daily oral dosing of 12.5 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg and 2 mg/kg ( FIG. 20A ,B). The oral bioavailability of Compound-7 in dogs was much higher than in rats because oral doses of Compound-7 required to achieve equivalent peak serum concentrations were approximately 10-fold higher in rats compared to dogs ( FIG. 20B ). Again, this observation is in agreement with the equivalent surface area dosage rule, according to which rats and mice usually require a 10-12-fold higher dose than dogs and humans. In rats, the peak serum concentration after repeated once daily oral dosing was achieved at t=1 h ( FIG. 20C ). Analogously to alizarin (Compound-1), a second serum peak of Compound-7 was observed in rats at t=3 h after oral intake ( FIG. 20C ). This second peak could reflect enterohepatic recirculation of Compound-7. Together these data show that Compound-7 has oral bioavailability in rats and dogs. Compound-7 did not show any detectable toxic side effects up to an oral dose of 12.5 mg/kg/day in dogs and up to an oral dose of 50 mg/kg/day in rats during four weeks of treatment. At a daily oral dose of 100 mg/kg/d in rats, a slightly decreased daily food intake was observed. These findings indicate a wide therapeutic index of Compound-7 in vivo with an almost 10-fold difference between therapeutic and toxic doses because neuroprotective effects of Compound-7 in rodent animal models of AD and neurodegeneration were seen at a once daily oral dose of 10 mg/kg/d (cf.  FIG. 14 ). 
     EXAMPLE 22 
     Development of Compound-10F 
     A series of compounds (i.e. Compounds 7-10) with a common 4-phenyl-2-methyl-pyridine-3-carboxamide backbone was identified as TOMM6/Tomm6 inducers (cf.  FIG. 13 ). Compound-10 is the analogue of Compound-7, which strongly induced TOMM6 (cf.  FIG. 13 ). The in vivo activity of Compound-10 and its fluorinated derivative, Compound-10F ( FIG. 21A-C ), was investigated. The synthesis scheme of Compound-10F, which was not synthesized before, is shown ( FIG. 21D-G ). Compound-10F was developed because the introduction of a fluorine into a small molecule can modulate various pharmacokinetic and physicochemical properties such as metabolic stability and enhanced membrane permeation (Shah and Westwell, J. Enzyme Inhibition Med. Chem. 22, 527-540, 2007; Bohm et al., Chembiochem 5, 637-643. 2004). Another potential application of the fluorine atom is the potential use of 18F as a radiolabel tracer atom in positron-emission tomography (PET) imaging (Shah and Westwell, J. Enzyme Inhibition Med. Chem. 22, 527-540, 2007). 
     EXAMPLE 23 
     Pharmacokinetic Data of Compound-10F 
     The pharmacokinetic parameters of Compound-10F were determined. Compound-10F had oral bioavailability in vivo, in rats and dogs ( FIG. 22A-J ). At t=1 h after oral intake, the serum peak concentration of Compound-10F was achieved ( FIG. 22B-I ). The oral bioavailability of Compound-10F in dogs was much higher than in rats because oral doses of Compound-10F required to achieve equivalent peak serum concentrations were approximately 10-fold higher in rats compared to dogs ( FIG. 22J ). Again, this observation was in agreement with the equivalent surface area dosage rule, according to which rats and mice usually require a 10-12-fold higher dose than dogs and humans. 
     EXAMPLE 24 
     Compound-10F is a Tomm6 Inducer and Retards Symptoms of AD and Neurodegeneration In Vivo 
     It was investigated whether Compound-10F is also a Tomm6 inducer in vivo. Hippocampal contents of Tomm6 were determined of 15-month-old Tg2576 AD mice subjected to the CUMS protocol for 3 months by immunoblot. Upon treatment for three months with Compound-10 and Compound-10F during the CUMS protocol at a daily oral dose of 10 mg/kg/d, the hippocampal Tomm6 contents of treated Tg2576 AD mice were significantly higher than those of untreated Tg2576 AD controls ( FIG. 23A ). Concomitantly, treatment with Compound-10 and Compound-10F significantly inhibited the hippocampal accumulation of hyperphosphorylated PHF tau and retarded the CUMS-induced hippocampal neuronal loss in Tg2576 AD mice ( FIG. 23B ,C). During 3 months of treatment at a daily dose of 10 mg/kg, Compound-10 and Compound-10F did not show any detectable toxic adverse effects. In view of these in vivo data, the present invention in general and for all embodiments encompasses the medical use in general and as described herein of Compound-10F, which was not synthesized before. Preferably, the present invention in general and for all embodiments encompasses the medical use of Compound-10F as Tomm6/TOMM6 inducer for the treatment and prophylaxis of nervous system diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, atherosclerosis and atherosclerosis-related diseases. The present invention in general and for all embodiments further encompasses the medical use, preferably as described herein, of (A) halogenated analogues of Compound-10, and Compound-7 and (B) of ester, ether and amide derivatives of Compound-7 and Compound-10. Furthermore, the present invention in general and for all embodiments encompasses the medical use, preferably as described herein, of derivatives of Compound-7, Compound-10 and Compound-10F, in which the 2-methyl group is removed or replaced by other substituents, e.g. by a halogene substituent. 
     EXAMPLE 25 
     Compound-10F Prevents Hippocampal PHF Tau Hyperphosphorylation and Peripheral Agtr2 Aggregation in the CUMS Model with Early Symptoms of Sporadic AD 
     The Tg2576 AD mouse model recapitulates major features of familial AD (FAD), which only encompasses 1-3% of all AD cases. The most frequent form of AD is the sporadic form of AD, which usually is not caused by a single disease-causing mutation (Quitterer and AbdAlla, Pharmacol Res. 2019 Apr. 13. pii: S1043-6618(18)31950-9). To recapitulate features of early sporadic AD, the CUMS model was used and aged, 15-month-old rats were subjected to 4 weeks of CUMS (AbdAlla et al., Biomed Res. Int. 2015:917156, 2015). Hippocampal contents of hyperphosphorylated PHF tau were strongly increased by 4 weeks of CUMS ( FIG. 24A ). Treatment with the representative Tomm6-inducing Compound-10F (10 mg/kg/d) during the CUMS protocol prevented the hippocampal accumulation of hyperphosphorylated PHF tau ( FIG. 24A ). Thus, Compound-10F prevents a major neuropathologic feature in the hippocampus of a model of early sporadic AD. It was then asked whether the neuroprotective CNS treatment effect can be monitored in peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) with a peripheral blood cell marker. Tomm6/TOMM6 induction prevents the misfolding and aggregation of the neuroprotective angiotensin II type 2 receptor (AT2R) encoded by Agtr2/AGTR2 (cf.  FIG. 2B , and cf.  FIG. 9 ). To investigate the usefulness of Agtr2/AGTR2 as a peripheral blood cell marker for treatment outcome, peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) were isolated from the CUMS rat model of sporadic AD. Immunoblot detection of Agtr2 showed that four weeks of CUMS had induced the aggregation and misfolding of Agtr2 in PBMCs ( FIG. 24B ). Treatment with Compound-10F, which prevented hippocampal PHF tau hyperphosphorylation (cf.  FIG. 24A ), also prevented the accumulation of aggregated Agtr2 in PBMCs of aged rats subjected to CUMS ( FIG. 24B ). The PBMC content of monomeric and neuroprotective Agtr2 was significantly higher compared to untreated controls ( FIG. 24B ). The PBMC content of aggregated Agtr2 protein was determined next by ELISA ( FIG. 24C ). The ELISA results showed that treatment with Compound-10F significantly retarded the CUMS-induced accumulation of Agtr2 aggregates in PBMC of aged rats ( FIG. 24C ). The increased content of aggregated Agtr2 in PBMC of CUMS rats as a model of sporadic AD is also related to AD pathology in human AD patients because the ELISA technique also detected an increased content of aggregated AGTR2 in PBMC of human patients with Alzheimer Disease compared to age-matched healthy controls without dementia ( FIG. 24D ). Taken together, CNS neuroprotective treatment effects of the Tomm6/TOMM6-inducing Compound-10F as a prototypic TOMM6/Tomm6 inducer can be monitored in peripheral blood cells by detection of Agtr2/AGTR2 and quantitation of monomeric and aggregated Agtr2/AGTR2. In view of the above, the present invention in general and for all embodiments encompasses the detection of monomeric, dimeric, oligomeric and misfolded/aggregated AGTR2/Agtr2 in peripheral blood (mononuclear) cells as a peripheral marker to monitor the neuroprotective treatment effect of TOMM6/Tomm6 inducers. In addition, the present invention in general and for all embodiments encompasses the use of the detection of Agtr2/AGTR2 as a peripheral blood marker to monitor neurodegeneration and treatment outcome with neuroprotective compounds.